Home
        Correction for Incorrect Description Notice RL78/G14 Descriptions in
         Contents
1.                                                                                 x 100  96        Cox Rox In  1 2    Vb    1                               Number of transferred bits  Transfer rate      This value is the theoretical value of the relative difference between the transmission and reception sides    Note 7  This value as an example is calculated when the conditions described in the  Conditions  column are met   Refer to Note 6 above to calculate the maximum transfer rate under conditions of the customer     Caution Select the TTL input buffer for the RxDq pin and the N ch open drain output         tolerance  When 30  to 52 pin  products  EVpp tolerance  When 64  to 100 pin products   mode for the TxDq      by using port input mode  register     PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg   For      and ViL  see the DC characteristics with TTL  input buffer selected      Remarks are listed on the next page         34   NC   SAS 40    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             UART mode connection diagram  during communication at different potential        TxDq    RL78 microcontroller User s device       RxDq       UART mode bit width  during communication at different potential   reference     1 Transfer rate  Low bit width  High bit width  Baud rate error tolerance                      TxDq          1 Transfer rate       High  Low bit width       Baud rate error tolerance    RxDq             Remark 1  Rb Q   Communication line 
2.                                                           reception      os 9    TOOLRxD  TOOLTxD mode   Lg         9  TOOLO  tsu    tSUINIT    d      1   The low level is input to the            pin      2   The external reset ends  POR and LVD reset must end before the external reset ends        3   The TOOLO pin is set to the high level      4   Setting of the flash memory programming mode by UART reception and complete the baud rate setting     Remark             The segment shows that it is necessary to finish specifying the initial communication settings within 100 ms from  when the external and internal resets end   tsu  How long from when the TOOLO pin is placed at the low level until a pin reset ends  tHD  How long to keep the TOOLO pin at the low level from when the external and internal resets end   excluding the processing time of the firmware to control the flash memory        24   N   SAS 58    
3.                                  reception      os 9    TOOLRxD  TOOLTxD mode   Lg         9  TOOLO  tsu    tSUINIT    d      1   The low level is input to the            pin      2   The external reset ends  POR and LVD reset must end before the external reset ends        3   The TOOLO pin is set to the high level      4   Setting of the flash memory programming mode by UART reception and complete the baud rate setting     Remark             The segment shows that it is necessary to finish specifying the initial communication settings within 100 ms from  when the external and internal resets end   tsu  How long from when the TOOLO pin is placed at the low level until a pin reset ends  tHD  How long to keep the TOOLO pin at the low level from when the external and internal resets end   excluding the processing time of the firmware to control the flash memory        24   N   SAS 68    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105          This chapter describes the electrical specifications for the products        Industrial applications  TA    40 to  105              Caution 1  The RL78 microcontrollers have an on chip debug function  which is provided for development and  evaluation  Do not use the on chip debug function in products designated for mass production   because the guaranteed number of rewritable times of the flash memory may be exceeded when this  function is used  an
4.                       Mirror  Data flash memory  Data flash memory   F1000H   Reserved CORE Reserved  F0800H  FO7FFH   Special function register  2nd SFR  Special function register  2nd SFR   2 Kbyte 2 Kbytes  Reserved    Reserved    yyyyyH  XXXXXxH  XXXXXH  Code flash memory         Code flash memory Note    00000H                                                       00000H           c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 48 of 50    132   NE   SAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E    Note  Code flash memory and RAM address of each product are as follows     Date  October 23  2013    Note  Code flash memory area  RAM area  and the detected lowest address of each product    are as follows              Products    Code flash memory   00000H to xxxxxH     RAM   zzzzzH to FFEFFH     Detected lowest  address for  read instruction  fetch  execution      yyyyyH           R5F104xA   x   A to C  E to G     16384 x 8 bit   00000   to O3FFFH     2560 x 8 bit   FF500H to FFEFFH     10000H          R5F104xC       Ato C  E to     J  L     32768 x 8 bit   00000H to 07FFFH     4096 x 8 bit   FEFOOH to FFEFFH     10000H          R5F104xD   x 2 A to C  E to G  J  L     49152 x 8 bit   00000H to OBFFFH     5632 x 8 bit   FE900H to FFEFFH     10000H          R5F104xE       Ato C  Eto G  J  L     65536 x 8 bit   00000H to OFFFFH     5632 x 8 bit   FE900H to FFEFFH     10000H          R5F104xF   x 2 A to C  E to G  J  L  M  P     98304 x 8 bit   00000H to 17
5.                   Vpp Note 3    Overall error Note 1       10 bit resolution 3 6 V  lt  VoD  lt  5 5 V    Target pin  ANI2 to ANI14    Conversion time       2 7 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       10 bit resolution 3 6 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V  Target pin  Internal reference voltage   and temperature sensor output    voltage  HS  high speed main  mode        2 7 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       10 bit resolution 2 4 V  lt  ANREFP  lt  5 5 V    AVREFP   Vpp Note 3    Zero scale error Notes 1  2       10 bit resolution 2 4 V  lt                lt  5 5 V    AVREFP   Vpp Note 3    Full scale error Notes 1  2       10 bit resolution 2 4 V  lt                lt  5 5 V                   Vpp     3    Integral linearity error Note 1       10 bit resolution 2 4 V  lt  ANREFP  lt  5 5 V                Vpp Note 3    Differential linearity error Note 1          Analog input voltage ANI2 to ANI 14 AVREFP             Internal reference voltage output Veer Note 4     2 4 V  lt        lt  5 5 V  HS  high speed main  mode        Temperature sensor output voltage V1MPs25 Note 4     2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V  HS  high speed main  mode                    Note 1  Excludes quantization error   1 2 LSB     Note 2  This value is indicated as a ratio   FSR  to the full scale value    Note 3  When AVREFP  lt  VDD  the MAX  values are as follows   Overall error  Add  1 0 LSB to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD   Zero scale error Full scale error  Add  0 05
6.                Note 1  Transfer rate in the SNOOZE mode is 4800 bps only   However  the SNOOZE mode cannot be used when FRQSELA   1   Note 2  The following conditions are required for low voltage interface when EVppo  lt  VDD   2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  2 7 V          1 3 Mbps  Note 3  The maximum operating frequencies of the CPU peripheral hardware clock  fcLk  are   HS  high speed main  mode  32 MHz  2 7 V  lt          lt  5 5 V   16 MHz  2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V     Caution Select the normal input buffer for the RxDq pin and the normal output mode for the TxDq pin by using port input  mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg      UART mode connection diagram  during communication at same potential     TxDq    RL78 microcontroller User s device    RxDq       UART mode bit width  during communication at same potential   reference     1 Transfer rate  High  Low bit width    Baud rate error tolerance          TxDq  RxDq       Remark 1  q  UART number  q   0 to 3   g  PIM and POM number  g   0  1  5  14    Remark 2  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number   n  Channel number  mn   00 to 03  10 to 13         2tENESAS 26    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              2  During communication at same potential  CSI mode   master mode  SCKp    internal clock output              40 to  105   C  2 4 V  lt  EVppo           1 
7.               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V     Parameter    Supply  current Note 1    1002         2    HALT mode    HS  high speed main   mode Note 7    Conditions    fuoco   64 MHz          32 MHz Note 4    Voo   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fuoco   32 MHz          32 MHz Note 4    Voo   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fHoco   48 MHz          24 MHz Note 4    Voo   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fHoco   24 MHz          24 MHz Note 4    Voo   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fHoco   16 MHz          16 MHz Note 4    Voo   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V     2 2        HS  high speed main   mode Note 7    fmx   20 MHz Note 3   Vo   5 0 V    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   20 MHz Note 3   Voo   3 0 V    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   10 MHz Note 3   Voo   5 0 V    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   10 MHz Note 3   Voo   3 0 V    Square wave input       Resonator connection       Subsystem clock  operation           32 768 kHz Note 5   Ta    40   C    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 5           25         Square wave input       Resonator connection       fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 5           50         Square wave input       Resonator connection              32 768 kHz Note 5           70         Square wave input       Resonator connection       fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 5           85         Square wave input       Resonator connection          fsuB   32 7
8.          Using the SNOOZE mode function in the software trigger mode or hardware trigger no wait mode is prohibited   Using the SNOOZE mode function in the sequential conversion mode is prohibited    When using the SNOOZE mode function  specify a hardware trigger interval of at least  shift time to SNOOZE mode  Geom A D power supply stabilization wait time   A D conversion time  2 fci    clocks    Even when using SNOOZE mode  make sure to set the AWC bit to 0 in normal operation mode and change it to 1  just before transiting to STOP mode    Also  make sure to change the AWC bit to 0 after returning from STOP mode to normal operation mode    If the AWC bit is left set to 1  A D conversion will not start normally in spite of the subsequent SNOOZE or normal  operation mode     Note Refer to 23 2 3 SNOOZE mode         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 22 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October    2013    Explanations of SNOOZE mode related to the A D converter added  page 658    Incorrect    1  If an interrupt is generated after A D conversion ends   Omitted   e While in the select mode  After A D conversion ends and the A D conversion end interrupt request signal  INTAD  is generated  the clock  request signal remains at the high level  and the A D converter switches from the SNOOZE mode to the normal    operation mode    To stop the high speed on chip oscillator clock supplied while in the SNOOZE mode  clear  b
9.         6 or the following expression is the valid maximum transfer  rate     Expression for calculating the transfer rate when 2 7 V  lt  EVbppo  lt  4 0 V and 2 3 V Vb  lt  2 7 V  1    Maximum transfer rate    bps          x Ro x In  1   Z0   x3  Vb       1    Transfer rate x 2  Baud rate error  theoretical value                                                                                                                     x 100  96              x Ro x  1        9        Vb    1                                     Number of transferred bits  Transfer rate      This value is the theoretical value of the relative difference between the transmission and reception sides    Note 4  This value as an example is calculated when the conditions described in the  Conditions  column are met   Refer to Note 3 above to calculate the maximum transfer rate under conditions of the customer   Note 5  Use it with             gt  Vb        ztENESAS 39    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             Note 6  The smaller maximum transfer rate derived by using          6 or the following expression is the valid maximum transfer  rate   Expression for calculating the transfer rate when 1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V and 1 6 V Vb x 2 0 V    Maximum transfer rate                                                                bps          x Ro x In  1         x3  Vb    1    Transfer rate x 2  Baud rate error  theoretical value                                       
10.        A D converter operating  current    lapc Notes 1  6    When conversion at maximum  speed    Normal mode   AVrerP   Voo   5 0 V          Low voltage mode   AVrerP   Voo   3 0 V       A D converter reference  voltage current    1           Note 1       Temperature sensor  operating current    1         Note 1       D A converter operating  current    IpAc Notes 1  11  13    Per D A converter channel       Comparator operating  current    Icmp Notes 1  12  13    Voo   5 0 V   Regulator output voltage 7 2 1 V    Window mode       Comparator high speed mode       Comparator low speed mode       Voo   5 0 V   Regulator output voltage   1 8 V    Window mode       Comparator high speed mode          Comparator low speed mode       LVD operating current    ILvp Notes 1  7       Self programming operating  current    IrFsp Notes 1  9       BGO operating current    Isco Notes 1  8       SNOOZE operating current       IsNoz Note 1    ADC operation    The mode is performed Note 10          The A D conversion  operations are performed   Low voltage mode   AVrerP   Voo   3 0 V                            CSI UART operation  DTC operation  Note 1  Current flowing to VDD   Note 2  When high speed on chip oscillator and high speed system clock are stopped   Note 3  Current flowing only to the real time clock  RTC   excluding the operating current of the low speed on chip oscillator and    the XT1 oscillator   The supply current of the RL78 microcontrollers is the sum of the values of eit
11.        Operation stops    D reset processing time      Voltage stabilization wait time   POR processing time     1 1 64 ms           3 10 ms              Internal reset signal up E       Le    Note 4  Before the MCU starts normal operation  it requires the voltage stabilization wait time    POR processing time after the voltage reaches VPOR  1 51 V  TYP    and also    requires the following  LVD reset processing time  after the voltage reaches the LVD  detection level  VLvpH      LVD reset processing time  0 ms  TYP   to 0 0701 ms  max      When supply voltage falls and returns after only an internal reset occurs by the    voltage detector  LVD   it requires the following processing time after the voltage  reaches the LVD detection level  VLvpH      LVD reset processing time  0 0511 ms  TYP   to 0 0701 ms  max         RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October 23  2013    38  27 3 6 Invalid memory access detection function  page 1105  Incorrect  Correct     Figure 27 10 Invalid memory access detection function    Possibility access Fetching Figure 27 10 Invalid memory access detection function    instructions    Write  execute  Accessibility    Instruction fetch  Write  execution           Special function register  SFR     256 byte        Special function register  SFR     256 bytes       General purpose register  32 byte          General purpose register  32 bytes                RAMNote  RAMNete                2222z2H          Mirror                              
12.        lt  4 0 V  2 3 V  lt  Vbo x2  7 V tkcv2 2   36       24V  lt              lt  3 3 V  1 6 V  lt  Vbo  lt  2 0 V        2 2   100       Slp setup time 4 0 V  lt              lt  5 5 V  2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V 1           40        to SCKp1  Note 2 27 V  lt              lt  4 0 V  2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V 1           40       2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V  1 6 V  lt  Vo  lt  20V 1           60       SIp hold time 1           62   from SCKp1  Note 3       Delay time from SCKpl 4 0 V  lt  EVbppo     5 5 V  2 7 V  lt  Vb     4 0 V  2           240  to SOp output Note 4 Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4            2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V  2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V  2           428  Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7            2 4 V  lt              lt  3 3 V  1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V  2           1146  Cb   30 pF  Rv   5 5                             Notes  Cautions  and Remarks are listed on the next page         24   N   SAS 42                      RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105         Note 1  Transfer rate in the SNOOZE mode  MAX  1 Mbps   Note 2  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The Slp setup time becomes  to SCKp   when  DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Note 3  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The Slip hold time becomes  from SCKp     when  DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Note 4  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The delay time to SOp outpu
13.       Remark 1  p  CSI number  p   00  01  10  11  20  21  30  31   m  Unit number  m   0  1   n  Channel number  n   0 to 3      9  PIM number  g   0  1  3 to 5  14   Remark 2  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number   n  Channel number  mn   00 to 03  10 to 13         24   N   SAS    27    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              3  During communication at same potential  CSI mode   slave mode  SCKp    external clock input                                                   TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso        1   0 V   1 2   Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main  mode  MIN  MAX    SCKp cycle time Note 5 tkcv2 4 0 V  lt  EVppo     5 5 V   20 MHz  lt  fuck 16         ns  fuck     20 MHz 12 fuck ns   2 7 V  lt                 5 5 V   16 MHz  lt  fuck 16 fuck ns   fuck     16 MHz 12 fuck ns   2 4 V  lt EVpp0  lt  5 5 V 12         and 1000 ns   SCKp high  low level width tKH2  t amp L2   4 0 V  lt              lt  5 5 V tkcv2 2   14 ns  2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V tkcv2 2   16 ns   2 4 V  lt EVpp0  lt  5 5 V tkcv2 2   36 ns        setup time  to SCKp1  Note 1 tsik2 2 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V 1           40 ns  2 4 V  lt  EVbppo  lt  5 5 V 1           60 ns   Slp hold time  from SCKp1  Note 2 tksi2 1           62 ns  Delay time from SCKp  to SOp output Note 3   tkso2 C   30
14.      1 6 V  lt  EVpDo   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V     Parameter    Data setup time   reception     tsu  DAT    Conditions    2 7 V     EVppo     5 5 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 kQ    HS  high speed main   mode    LS  low speed main   mode    LV  low voltage main   mode       MIN     1           85 Note 2    MAX     MIN     1           145 Note 2    MAX     MIN     1           145 Note 2    MAX      2 2        1 8 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   3 KQ    1           145 Note 2    1           145 Note 2    1           145 Note 2       1 8 V     EVppo  lt  2 7 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 KQ    1           230 Note 2    1           230 Note 2    1           230 Note 2       1 7 V     EVppo  lt  1 8 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 KQ    1           290 Note 2    1           290 Note 2    1 fuck   290 Note 2       1 6 V     EVppo  lt  1 8 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 KQ    1           290 Note 2    1           290 Note 2       Data hold time   transmission     Note 1   Note 2     Caution       tHD  DAT    2 7 V     EVppo     5 5 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 kQ       1 8 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   3 KQ       1 8 V     EVppo  lt  2 7 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 KQ       1 7 V     EVppo  lt  1 8 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 KQ             1 6 V     EVppo  lt  1 8 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 KQ       The value must also be equal to or less than          4   Set the fuck value to keep the hold time of SCLr      L    and SCLr                                  Select the no
15.      10 000  Note 1  1 erase   1 write after the erase is regarded as 1 rewrite  The retaining years are until next rewrite after the rewrite   Note 2  When using flash memory programmer and Renesas Electronics self programming library  Note 3  These are the characteristics of the flash memory and the results obtained from reliability testing by Renesas Electronics  Corporation     35 9 Dedicated Flash Memory Programmer Communication  UART              40 to  105   C  2 4 V  lt  EVppo           1  lt            lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V           24   N   SAS 57    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             35 10 Timing for Switching Flash Memory Programming Modes             40 to  105   C  2 4 V  lt  EVppo           1  lt            lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   Parameter Conditions    How long from when an external reset ends until the   tsuiNir   POR and LVD reset must         initial communication settings are specified before the external reset ends        How long from when the            pin is placed at the  tsu POR and LVD reset must end    low level until an external reset ends before the external reset ends     How long the TOOLO pin must be kept at the low POR and LVD reset must end  level after an external reset ends before the external reset ends    excluding the processing time of the firmware to  control the flash memory                                          V      3         RESET                    
16.      2  While in the software tri r mode or hardware trigger wait mode  the ADCS bit can be used as a status fl    for the conversion operation status  However  while in the hardware trigger no wait mode  this bit cannot be  used as a status flag     3  While in the software trigger mode or hardware trigger no wait mode  the operation of the A D voltage comparator is  controlled by the ADCS and ADCE bits  and it takes 1 us from the start of operation for the operation to stabilize   Therefore  when the ADCS bit is set to 1 after 1 us or more has elapsed from the time ADCE bit is set to 1  the    conversion result at that time has priority over the first conversion result  Otherwise  ignore data of the first conversion     Correct    2  A D converter mode register  ADMO    Omitted   Notes 1  For details of the FR2 to FRO  LV1  LVO bits  and A D conversion  see Table 14 3 A D Conversion Time Selection    Deleted   2  In software trigger mode or hardware trigger no wait mode  the operation of the A D voltage comparator is  controlled by bits ADCS and ADCE  and it takes 1 us from the start of operation for the operation to stabilize   Therefore  when the ADCS bit is set to 1 after 1 us or more has elapsed from the time ADCE bit is set to 1  the    conversion result at that time has priority over the first conversion result  Otherwise  ignore data of the first conversion     Cautions 1  Change bits ADMD  FR2 to FRO  LV1  and LVO while conversion is stopped  ADCS   0  ADCE   0     
17.      When the high speed on chip oscillator clock is selected              During self programming        When high speed system clock is selected       ztENESAS 23    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             AC Timing Test Points    ViH VOH    ViH VOH  Test points  ViL VoL Lm ES    ViL VoL    External System Clock Timing    1 fEx  1 fExs               EXCLK EXCLKS    TI TO Timing                         TIOO to           T110 to TI13       1 fro  gt           TOOO0 to           TO10 to TO13   TRJIOO  TRJOO    TRDIOAO  TRDIOA1   TRDIOBO  TRDIOB1   TRDIOCO  TRDIOC1   TRDIODO  TRDIOD1   TRGIOA  TRGIOB       2tENESAS 24    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85                   tTJIH       TRJIO                   tTDIH  TRDIOAO  TRDIOA1  TRDIOBO  TRDIOB1   TRDIOCO  TRDIOC1  TRDIODO  TRDIOD1  trpsiL  INTPO  I trciL   tTGIH             TRGIOA  TRGIOB       2tENESAS 25    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             Interrupt Request Input Timing              tINTL               INTPO to INTP11    Key Interrupt Input Timing              to KR7    RESET Input Timing    tRSL          34   NC   SAS 26    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             34 5 Peripheral Functions Characteristics    AC Timing Test Points    ViH VOH    ViH VOH  Test points  ViL VoL M x    ViL VoL    34 5 1 Serial array unit     1  During communication at same potential
18.     12 fuck       8 MHz  lt          lt  20 MHz    10 fuck       4 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  8 MHz    8 fuck    16 fuck       fuck x 4 MHz    G fuck    10 fuck    10 fuck       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V    24 MHz  lt  fuck    20               230505270  50 MHz fuck 24 MHz    16 fuck       16 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  20 MHz    14 fuck       8 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  16 MHz    12 fuck       4 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  8 MHz    8 fuck    16 fuck       fuck x 4 MHz    G fuck    10 fuck    10 fuck       1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V    24 MHz  lt  fuck    48    MCK       1 6     lt     lt  2 0            2    20 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  24 MHz    36 fi    MCK       16 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  20 MHz    32               8 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  16 MHz    26                  4 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  8 MHz    16 f    MCK    16 fuck       fuck x 4 MHz       10                  10 fuck    10 fuck       SCKp high    low level width    4 0 V  lt EVpp0  lt  5 5 V  2 7 V  lt  Vo  lt  4 0 V    tkcy2 2   12    tkcy2 2    50    tkcy2 2    50       2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V  2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V    tkcy2 2    18    tkcy2 2    50    tkcy2 2    50       1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V  1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V Note 2    tkcv2 2   50    tkcy2 2    50    tkcy2 2    50       Slp setup time   to SCKp1  Note 3    4 0 V  lt EVpp0  lt  5 5 V  2 7 V  lt  Vo  lt  4 0 V    1            20    1 fuck    30    1 fuck    30       2 7 V  lt              lt  4 0 V  2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V    1 fuck    20    1 fuck    30    1 fuck    30       1 8 V  lt  
19.     Figure 25 2  Timing of Generation of Internal Reset Signal by  Power on reset Circuit and Voltage Detector  2 2    2  When LVD is in interrupt amp  reset mode   option byte 000C1H 010C1H  LVIMDS1  LVIMDSO   1  0     Supply voltage                   __         Operating voltage  range lower limit      1  Veonz 1 51 V TYP       Veo   1 50 V  TYP              1 Wait for oscillation    1 Wait for oscillation       accuracy stabilization             1 accuracy stabilization     2                                                                         High speed on chip                oscillator clock              Starting oscillation is    tarling oscillation is E  f    specified by software      5   High speed i        specified by software    system clock  fux          when X1 oscillation   i  is selected        1 s      Reset  i Normal operation                 high speed on chip       oscillation    CPU Operation     oscillator clock       2 Ds stop   stops   1     Reset processing time     5    DX                   Normal operation   high speed on chip      Note2        oscillator clock  Operation stops        Reset processing tim              POR processing time       POR processing time           Internal reset signal       INTLVI    Not 5  Reset processing time  387 to 720 us    Page 46 of 50  RENESAS     c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved     Date  October    2013     2  LVD is interrupt  amp  reset mode  option byte 000C1H 010C1H  LVIMDS1  
20.    4  When reference voltage       Internal reference voltage  ADREFP1   1  ADREFPO   0   reference voltage        AVREFM ANI1  ADREFM   1   target       ANIO  ANI2 to ANI14  ANI16 to ANI20     TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt  VpD  lt  5 5 V  1 6 V  lt             EVDD1  lt  VDD  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   Reference voltage                Note 3  Reference voltage       AVREFM   0 V Note 4  HS  high speed main  mode     Resolution    Parameter Conditions       Conversion time 8 bit resolution 24VxVppx5 5V 39       Zero scale error Notes 1 2 8 bit resolution 2 4V lt Vpp lt 5 5V  0 60       Integral linearity error Note 1 8 bit resolution 2 4 V  lt  Vpop  lt  5 5 V  2 0       Differential linearity error Note 1 8 bit resolution 2 4 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  1 0          Analog input voltage VBGR Note 3    Note 1   Note 2   Note 3   Note 4                          Excludes quantization error   1 2 LSB     This value is indicated as a ratio    FSR  to the full scale value    Refer to 35 6 2 Temperature sensor characteristics internal reference voltage characteristic   When reference voltage       Vss  the MAX  values are as follows     Zero scale error  Add  0 35 FSR to the MAX  value when reference voltage       AVREFM   Integral linearity error  Add x0 5 LSB to the MAX  value when reference voltage       AVREFM   Differential linearity error  Add x0 2 LSB to the MAX  value when reference voltage       AVREFM        34   NC   SAS 52    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
21.    4 0 V x EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7            2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7            4 0 V  lt  EVpp0  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb x 4 0 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 8 KQ       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ          1 8 V  lt             lt  3 3 V   1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V Note 2   C     100 pF         5 5 KQ          The value must also be equal to or less than         4   Use it with            gt  Vb   Set the fuck value to keep the hold time of SCLr      L    and SCLr      H                          Select the TTL input buffer and the N ch open drain output         tolerance  When 30  to 52 pin products  EVpp    tolerance  When 64  to 100 pin products   mode for the SDAr pin and the N ch open drain output  VoD tolerance   When 30  to 52      products  EVpp tolerance  When 64  to 100      products   mode for the SCLr pin by using  port input mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg   For ViH and ViL  see the DC  characteristics with TTL input buffer selected      Remarks are listed on the next page         24   N   SAS    53    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             Simplified 12   mode connection diagram  during communication at different potential     Vb Vb      Rb   Rb  SDAr       RL78 microcontroller User s device    SCLr          Simplified I2C mode serial transfer timing 
22.    4 MHz   fiH   4 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Voo   3 0 V       Voo   2 0 V       HS  high speed main   mode Note 5    fmx   20 MHz Note 2   Voo   5 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   20 MHz Note 2   Voo   3 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   10 MHz Note 2            5 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   10 MHz Note 2   Voo   3 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       LS  low speed main   mode Note 5    fmx   8 MHz Note 2   Voo   3 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   8 MHz Note 2            2 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection          Subsystem clock  operation     Notes and Remarks are listed on the next page      fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4          40         Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4          25         Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection                 32 768 kHz Note 4          50                      operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection                 32 768 kHz Note 4          70         Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection                    32 768 kHz Note 4          85            Normal  operation    Square wave input          Resonator con
23.    80 pin   LQFP  14 x 14   80   100          LQFP  14 x 20   100 pin  products  these    specifications show target values  which may change after device evaluation     Correct     34 3 2 On chip oscillator characteristics     Ta    40 to  85  C  1 6 V x EVpDpo           1  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   Oscillators Parameters Conditions    High speed on chip oscillator  clock frequency            High speed on chip oscillator  20 to  85  C 1 8 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V    clock frequency accuracy    2 46VzVoo    18 V           40 to  20  C 1 8 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V  1 6 V  lt  Voo  lt  1 8 V             Low speed on chip oscillator  clock frequency       Low speed on chip oscillator  clock frequency accuracy                      Notes 1  High speed on chip oscillator frequency is selected with bits 0 to 4 of the option byte  000  2   010  2    and bits  0 to 2 in the HOCODIV register     2  This table only indicates the oscillator characteristics  Refer to AC Characteristics for instruction execution time         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 4 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013    2  Incorrect descriptions of connection of unused pins of P60 to P63 in Table 2 3 in the Pin  functions chapter revised  page 83     Incorrect     Table 2 3  Connection of Unused Pins  100 pin products   2 3     Pin Name      Circuit Type Recommended Connection of Unused Pins    P60 SCLAO Input  Ind
24.    HS  high speed main   mode Note 5    Conditions    fuoco   64 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Basic  operation    Vop   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fuoco   32 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Basic  operation    Vop   5 0 V       Voo   3 0       1 2        HS  high speed main   mode Note 5    fuoco   64 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Vop   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fuoco   32 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Vop   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fuoco   48 MHz          24 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Vop   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fuoco   24 MHz          24 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Vop   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fHoco   16 MHz          16 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Vop   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       HS  high speed main   mode Note 5    fmx   20 MHz Note 2   Voo   5 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   20 MHz Note 2            3 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fux   10 MHz Note 2   Voo   5 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fux   10 MHz Note 2   Voo   3 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection          Subsystem clock  operation     Notes and Remarks are listed on the next page      fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4  Ta    40   C    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4  Ta    25   C   
25.    Note 1     Note 2   Note 3   Note 4   Note 5     Note 6   Note 7     Note 8     Remark 1   Remark 2   Remark 3   Remark 4   Remark 5     Total current flowing into        and EVppo  including the input leakage current flowing when the level of the input pin is  fixed to         EVppo or Vss  EVsso  The values below the MAX  column include the peripheral operation current   However  not including the current flowing into the A D converter  LVD circuit  I O port  and on chip pull up pull down  resistors and the current flowing during data flash rewrite   During HALT instruction execution by flash memory   When high speed on chip oscillator and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed system clock and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed on chip oscillator and high speed system clock are stopped  When RTCLPC   1 and setting ultra low  current consumption  AMPHS1   1   The current flowing into the RTC is included  However  not including the current  flowing into the 12 bit interval timer and watchdog timer   Not including the current flowing into the RTC  12 bit interval timer  and watchdog timer   Relationship between operation voltage width  operation frequency of CPU and operation mode is as below   HS  high speed main  mode  2 7 V x Vbpp  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 32 MHz   2 4 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 16 MHz  LS  low speed main  mode  1 8 V  lt  Vpp  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 8 MHz  LV  low voltage main  mode  1 6 V  lt        lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 4 MHz  Regarding the 
26.    Note 9  Current flowing during self programming     Note 10  For shift time to the SNOOZE mode  see 23 3 3 SNOOZE mode    Note 11      Current flowing only to the D A converter  The supply current of the RL78 microcontrollers is the sum of          or Ipp2 and  IpAc when the D A converter operates in an operation mode or the HALT mode    Note 12  Current flowing only to the comparator circuit  The supply current of the RL78 microcontrollers is the sum of            002  or  1203 and         when the comparator circuit is in operation    Note 13     comparator and D A converter are provided in products with 96 KB or more code flash memory     Remark 1  fiL  Low speed on chip oscillator clock frequency   Remark 2  fsuB  Subsystem clock frequency  XT1 clock oscillation frequency   Remark 3            CPU peripheral hardware clock frequency   Remark 4  Temperature condition of the         value is TA   25            34   NC   SAS 19    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             34 4      Characteristics     TA    40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVDD0              lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso       551   0 V   1 2   Conditions    Instruction cycle Main system   HS  high speed main    2 7 V  lt        lt  5 5 V 0 03125   minimum instruction clock              mode 24V  lt         27 V 0 0625  execution time  operation          LS  low speed main   1 8V  lt          lt  5 5 V 0 125  mode    LV  low voltage main    1 6 V x       lt  5 5 V 0 25  
27.    Timer RG input high level tTGIH  TRGIOA  TRGIOB 2 5 fCLK  width  low level width tTGIL       TOOO to TOO3  fro HS  high speed main  mode  4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  TO10 to TO13  2 7 V  lt  EVbbo  lt  4 0 V    TRJIOO  TRJOO   2 4 V x             lt  2 7 V  TRDIOAO  TRDIOA1     TRDIOBO  TRDIOB1   TRDIOCO  TRDIOC1   TRDIODO  TRDIOD1   TRGIOA  TRGIOB  output frequency    PCLBUZO  PCLBUZ1 output HS  high speed main  mode  4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  frequency 2 7 V  lt  EVbbo  lt  4 0 V  24V  EVppo  lt  2 7 V  Interrupt input high level   INTPO 2 4 V  lt        lt 5 5     width  low level width INTP1 to INTP11 2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V    Key interrupt input low level KRO to KR7 2 4 V  lt                lt  5 5 V  width                                                       RESET low level width          34   NC   SAS 21    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             Minimum Instruction Execution Time during Main System Clock Operation    Tcv vs         HS  high speed main  mode                                    When the high speed on chip oscillator clock is selected                         During self programming                   When high speed system clock is selected       Cycle time Tcv  us                                      Supply voltage Vpp  V        34   NC   SAS 22    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             AC Timing Test Points    ViH VOH    ViH VOH  Test points  ViL VoL Lm ES    Vi
28.   0   n  Channel number  n   0   9  PIM and POM number  g   3  5   Remark 3  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number  n  Channel number     mn 7 00      Remark 4  This value is valid only when CSIOO s peripheral      redirect function is not used     24   N   SAS       43    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              8 Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   CSI mode   master mode  SCKp    internal clock  output            40 to  85       1 8 V  lt  EVpDo   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   1 3     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed LS  low speed main  LV  low voltage    main  mode mode main  mode    MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX        SCKp cycle time tkcy1  gt  4 fcLk   4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb     4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4 KQ       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vo x27 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ       1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V Note   Cb   30 pF  Rb   5 5               SCKp high level 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  tkcy1 2   75 tkcv1 2   75 tkcv1 2   75  width 2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4 KQ       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V  tkcv4 2   170 tkcy1 2   170 tkcy1 2   170  2 3     lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7            1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V  tkcy1 2   458 tkcv1 2   458 tkcv1 2   458  1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2
29.   10  11  20  21  30  31   g  PIM number  g   0  1  3 to 5  14    h  POM number  h   0  1  3 to 5  7  14   Remark 3  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency     Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number  m   0  1    n  Channel number  n   0 to 3   mn   00 to 03  10 to 13        24   N   SAS 32    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              5 Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   UART mode    TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt  EVppo   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   1 2     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main  mode    Transfer rate reception 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V          12 Note 1    Note 1     Note 2     Note 3     Caution    Remark 1   Remark 2   Remark 3     Remark 4           MIN  MAX     2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0        Theoretical value of the maximum transfer rate 2 6  fuck         Note 3       V  lt  EVppo    4 0 V          12 Note 1  V lt VWb lt 2 7V       Theoretical value of the maximum transfer rate 2 6  fuck         Note 3          V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V          12 Notes 1  2  V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V       Theoretical value of the maximum transfer rate 2 6                                   Note 3             Transfer rate in the SNOOZE mode is 4800 bps only   However  the SNOOZE mode cannot be used when FRQSELA   1   The following conditions are required for low voltage interface when             lt  VDD   2 4 V  l
30.   20 MHz Note 3   Voo   5 0 V    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   20 MHz Note 3            3 0 V    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   10 MHz Note 3   Voo   5 0 V    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   10 MHz Note 3   Voo   3 0 V    Square wave input       Resonator connection       Subsystem clock  operation    fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 5   TA   40        Square wave input       Resonator connection       fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 5           25         Square wave input       Resonator connection                 32 768 kHz Note 5           50         Square wave input       Resonator connection                 32 768 kHz Note 5           70         Square wave input       Resonator connection                 32 768 kHz Note 5           85         Square wave input       Resonator connection                    32 768 kHz Note 5           105         Square wave input          Resonator connection          STOP mode  Note 8               40                    25                    50                    70                    85                       105          Notes and Remarks are listed on the next page      24   N   SAS                      12    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             Note 1     Note 2   Note 3   Note 4   Note 5     Note 6   Note 7     Note 8     Remark 1   Remark 2   Remark 3   Remark 4   Remark 5     Total current flowing into        and            i
31.   47   4 0 V  lt  EVDDo  lt  5 5 V  P102  P120  P130  P140 to P145  5 7       lt  EVppo    40 V   When duty  lt  7096 Note 3              24VxEVppo   2 7 V  Total of P05  P06  P10 to P17  4 0VxEVppox5 5V          P30  P31  P50 to P57  27 V    EVDDo c 40 V  P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100  P101  P110   P111  P146  P147    When duty  lt  70  Note 3     Total of all pins 24VxEVppox 5 5 V   When duty  lt  70  Note 3        24VxEVppo   2 7 V          Per pin for P20 to P27  2 4 V  lt  VoD  lt  5 5 V  P150 to P156       Total of all pins 24V  lt       lt 5 5     When duty x 70  Note 3                          Value of current at which the device operation is guaranteed even if the current flows from the             EVpp1  VoD pins to  an output pin    However  do not exceed the total current value    Specification under conditions where the duty factor  lt  70     The output current value that has changed to the duty factor  gt  7096 the duty ratio can be calculated with the following  expression  when changing the duty factor from 70  to            Total output current of pins    IOH x 0 7   n x 0 01     Example   Where n   80  and loH    10 0 mA  Total output current of pins     10 0 x 0 7   80 x 0 01     8 7 mA    However  the current that is allowed to flow into one pin does not vary depending on the duty factor   A current higher than the absolute maximum rating must not flow into one pin     POO  P02 to P04  P10  P11  P13 to P15  P17  P30  P43 to P45  P50 to P55  P
32.   Industrial applications  TA    40 to  85              Caution 1  The RL78 microcontrollers have an on chip debug function  which is provided for development and  evaluation  Do not use the on chip debug function in products designated for mass production   because the guaranteed number of rewritable times of the flash memory may be exceeded when this  function is used  and product reliability therefore cannot be guaranteed  Renesas Electronics is not  liable for problems occurring when the on chip debug function is used    Caution 2  With products not provided with an EVppo  EVpp1  EVsso  or EVss1 pin  replace EVppo and EVpp1 with  VDD  or replace EVsso and EVssi with Vss    Caution 3  The pins mounted depend on the product  Refer to 2 1 Port Functions to 2 2 1 With functions for  each product        34   NC   SAS 1    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             34 4 Absolute Maximum Ratings    Absolute Maximum Ratings  1 2   Parameter Symbols Conditions Ratings  Supply voltage VDD  0 5 to  6 5  EVppo  EVpp1   EVpbo   EVDD1  0 5 to  6 5  EVsso  EVss1   EVsso   EVss1  0 5 to  0 3             REGC pin input voltage   ViREGC REGC  0 3 to  2 8  and  0 3 to         0 3 Note 1    Input voltage Vn        to P06  P10 to P17  P30  P31   0 3 to EVppo  0 3  P40 to P47  P50 to P57  P64 to P67  and  0 3 to         0 3 Note 2  P70 to P77  P80 to P87  P100 to P102   P110  P111  P120  P140 to P147    P60 to P63  N ch open drain   0 3 to  6 5    P20 to P
33.   LVD Detection Voltage of Reset Mode and Interrupt Mode           40 to  105       VPDR  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   0 V     Parameter Conditions     lt     Detection voltage   Supply voltage level Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time        lt  lt   lt   lt   lt   lt   lt   lt   lt   lt   lt   lt   lt   lt  lt     Power supply fall time          Minimum pulse width       Detection delay time                            34   NC   SAS 55    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              2  LVD Detection Voltage of Interrupt  amp  Reset Mode           40 to  105   C  VPDR  lt            lt  5 5 V  Vss   0 V     Parameter  Interrupt and    reset mode    VLVDDO    VPOC2  VPOC1  VPOCO   0  1     Conditions    1  falling reset voltage       VLVDD1    LVIS1  LVISO   1 0    Rising release reset voltage       Falling interrupt voltage       VLVDD2    LVIS1  LVISO   0  1    Rising release reset voltage       Falling interrupt voltage          VLVDD3       LVIS1  LVISO   0  0       Rising release reset voltage       Falling interrupt voltage          35 6 7 Power s
34.   Normal mode   AVrerP   Voo   5 0 V          Low voltage mode   AVrerP   Voo   3 0 V       A D converter reference  voltage current    1           Note 1       Temperature sensor  operating current    1         Note 1       D A converter operating  current    IpAc Notes 1  11  13    Per D A converter channel       Comparator operating  current    Icmp Notes 1  12  13    Voo   5 0 V   Regulator output voltage 7 2 1 V    Window mode       Comparator high speed mode       Comparator low speed mode       Voo   5 0 V   Regulator output voltage   1 8 V    Window mode       Comparator high speed mode          Comparator low speed mode       LVD operating current    ILvp Notes 1  7       Self programming operating  current    IrFsp Notes 1  9       BGO operating current    Isco Notes 1  8       SNOOZE operating current       IsNoz Note 1    ADC operation    The mode is performed Note 10          The A D conversion  operations are performed   Low voltage mode   AVrerP   Voo   3 0 V                            CSI UART operation  DTC operation  Note 1  Current flowing to VDD   Note 2  When high speed on chip oscillator and high speed system clock are stopped   Note 3  Current flowing only to the real time clock  RTC   excluding the operating current of the low speed on chip oscillator and    the XT1 oscillator   The supply current of the RL78 microcontrollers is the sum of the values of either 1    1       002  and    IRTC  when the real time clock operates in operation mode or HALT mo
35.   UART mode            40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVDDo   EVDD1  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main    LS  low speed main    LV  low voltage main   Mode Mode Mode    MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX     Transfer rate 24VxEVppox5 5V         6 Note 2 fuck 6 fuck 6  Note 1          Theoretical value of the 5 3 1 3 0 6  maximum transfer rate  fuck            Note 3    1 8 V  lt              lt  5 5 V         6 Note 2 fuck 6 fuck 6          Theoretical value of the 5 3 1 3 0 6  maximum transfer rate                     Note 3       1 7 V  lt             lt  5 5 V         6 Note 2         6 Note 2 fuck 6       Theoretical value of the 5 3 1 3 0 6  maximum transfer rate  fuck   fcLk Note 3          1 6 V  lt  EVDD0  lt  5 5 V            Note 2         6       Theoretical value of the 1 3 0 6  maximum transfer rate                               fuck   fcLk Note 3       Note 1  Transfer rate in the SNOOZE mode is 4800 bps only   However  the SNOOZE mode cannot be used when FRQSELA   1   Note 2  The following conditions are required for low voltage interface when EVppo  lt  VDD   2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  2 7 V          2 6 Mbps  1 8 V x EVpDo  lt  2 4 V          1 3 Mbps  1 6 V x EVpDo  lt  1 8 V  MAX  0 6 Mbps  Note 3  The maximum operating frequencies of the CPU peripheral hardware clock  fcLk  are   HS  high speed main  mode  32 MHz  2 7 V  lt          lt  5 5 V   16 MHz  2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V   LS  low speed main  mode  8 MHz  1 8 V  lt  
36.   Vss   EVsso       551   0 V   1 2     Parameter    Transfer  rate    Note 1   Note 2     Note 3     Note 4     Caution    Remark 1   Remark 2   Remark 3     Remark 4        Conditions HS  high speed main  LS  low speed main  LV  low voltage main   mode mode mode       MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX     reception   4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V          6 Note 1         6 Note 1         6          1  2 7     lt     lt 40         Theoretical value of the 5 3 1 3 0 6  maximum transfer rate                 Note 4        7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V          6 Note 1         6 Note 1 fuck 6 Note 1  3V lt VWb lt 2 7V       Theoretical value of the 5 3 1 3 0 6  maximum transfer rate                Note 4           8 V     EVppo  lt  3 3 V  fuck 6         6          6   6     lt     lt 20   Notes 1  2  3 Notes 1  2 Notes 1 2       Theoretical value of the 5 3 1 3 0 6  maximum transfer rate  fuck   fcLk Note 4                                     Transfer rate in the SNOOZE mode is 4800 bps only   However  the SNOOZE mode cannot be used when FRQSELA   1   Use it with            2 Vb   The following conditions are required for low voltage interface when             lt  VDD   2 4 V  lt               lt  2 7 V  MAX  2 6 Mbps  1 8 V x EVpDo  lt  2 4 V  MAX  1 3 Mbps  The maximum operating frequencies of the CPU peripheral hardware clock          are   HS  high speed main  mode  32 MHz  2 7 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V   16 MHz  2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V   LS  low speed main  mode  8 MHz  1 8 V  lt  Vo
37.   document for  English R01UH0186EJ0100             1 Specifications of the on chip oscillator characteristics in the Page 1179 Page 4  Electrical specifications chapter  2 Incorrect descriptions of connection of unused pins of P60 to P63 in Paae 83 Page 5  Table 2 3 in the Pin functions chapter 9 9    Explanations of the timer RG interrupt   Page 5e            13  14      Cautions of the high speed on chip oscillator frequency select       register  HOCODIV           284  Page     Page        NN Pages 1048 to 1050   2 NS of reset processing time standby mode 1052 to  1055  1060  Page 18  1061  1072  1073    Cautions of A D converter mode register 0  ADMO  Page 613 Page 19  Incorrect descriptions of caution on A D conversion time selection Pages 616 to 623 Page 20    42 Explanations when using SNOOZE mode in the A D converter Pages 625  626  and Pages 21 to 23  chapter 658  Explanations when using temperature sensor and internal reference   13   voltage  1 45 V  of the A D test function in the Safety functions Pages 655  662 Pages 24  25  chapter    Items of flash memory programming characteristics Page 1231 Page 30   3 1 3 Internal data memory space Page 105 Page 31   17  7  3 SNOOZE mode function Page 847 Pages 32  33   23 2 2 STOP mode Pages 1050  1052 Page 34   23 2 3 SNOOZE mode Page 1055 Page 34   27 3 6 Invalid memory access detection function Page 1105 Page 34   Figure 29 3 Format of Option Byte  000C2H 010C2H  Page 1121 Page 35   34 4 1 Pin characteristics Page 1181 
38.   is 1  write 0 to bits IMFB and IFMA at the    same time         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 8 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October    2013    4  Explanations of the timer RD interrupt added    Explanations of the timer RD interrupt added  page 518  Incorrect     Since the interrupt source  timer RD interrupt  is generated by a combination of multiple interrupt request sources for timer RD    the following differences from other maskable interrupts apply     Omitted    e While multiple bits in the TRDIERI register are set to 1  if the first request source is met and the TRDIFi bit is set to 1  and  then the next request source is met  the TRDIFi bit is cleared to 0 when the interrupt is acknowledged  However  if the    previously met request source is cleared  the TRDIFi bit is set to 1 by the next generated request source   Correct     Since the interrupt source  timer RD interrupt  is generated by a combination of multiple interrupt request sources for timer RD    the following differences from other maskable interrupts excluding the timer RG interrupt apply     Omitted    e While multiple bits in the TRDIERI register are set to 1  if the first request source is met and the TRDIFi bit is set to 1  and  then the next request source is met  the TRDIFi bit is cleared to 0 when the interrupt is acknowledged  However  if the  previously met request source is cleared  the TRDIFi bit is set to 1 by the ne
39.   lt  5 5 V  400 Note 1 kHz  2 7 V  lt  Vo  lt  4 0 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7            2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V  400 Note 1 kHz  2 3 V  lt     lt  2 7 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ       4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  100 Note 1 kHz  2 7 V  lt  Vo  lt  4 0 V          100 pF  Rb   2 8            2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V  100 Note 1 kHz  2 3 V  lt  Vb x 2 7 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 7            2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V  100 Note 1 kHz  1 6 V  lt  Vo  lt  2 0 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 5            Hold time when SCLr    L  tLow 4 0 V  lt              lt  5 5 V  1200 ns  2 7 V  lt  Vo  lt  4 0 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 kO       2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V  1200 ns  2 3 V  lt  Vo  lt  2 7 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7            4 0 V  lt              lt  5 5 V  4600 ns  2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 8            2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V  4600 ns  2 3 V  lt  Vo  lt  2 7 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 7            2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V  4650 ns  1 6 V  lt  Vo 2 0 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 5 KQ       Hold time when SCLr            tHiGH 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  620 ns  2 7V  lt  Vo  lt  4 0 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V  500 ns  2 3 V  lt  Vo  lt  2 7 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 kO       4 0 V  lt  EVDppo  lt  5 5 V  2700 ns  2 7 V  lt  Vo  lt  4 0 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 8            2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V  2400 ns  2 3 V  lt     lt  2 7 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 7            2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V  1830 ns  1 6 V  lt  Vo  lt  2 0
40.  0 7 VDD       P60 to P63    0 7 EVDDO    6 0       P121 to P124  P137  EXCLK  EXCLKS  RESET    0 8 VDD    VDD       Input voltage  low    Caution           to P06  P10 to P17  P30   P31  P40 to P47  P50 to P57   P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P140 to P147    Normal input buffer    0    0 2                  P01          P04  P10  P14 to P17   P30  P31  P43  P44  P50     TTL input buffer  4 0 V  lt  EVpp0  lt  5 5 V       P53 to P55  P80  P81  P142   P143    TTL input buffer  3 3 V  lt              lt  4 0 V    0 5          TTL input buffer  2 4 V  lt              lt  3 3 V    0 32       P20 to P27  P150 to P156    0 3 VDD       P60 to P63    0 3                        P121 to P124  P137  EXCLK  EXCLKS  RESET       P74  P80 to P82  and P142 to P144 is             even in the N ch open drain mode     Remark       24   N   SAS          0 2 VDD    Unless specified otherwise  the characteristics of alternate function pins are the same as those of the port pins           The maximum value of      of pins P00  P02 to P04  P10  P11  P13 to P15  P17  P30  P43 to P45  P50 to P55  P71     RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt  EVppo   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   4 5     Conditions    Output voltage  high           to P06  P10 to P17  P30   P31  P40 to P47  P50 to P57   P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P130  P
41.  0 V       fuoco   16 MHz   fiH   16 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation             5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       LS  low speed          mode Note 5    fuoco   8 MHz          8 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Voo   3 0 V       Voo   2 0 V       LV  low voltage main   mode Note 5    fHoco   4 MHz   fiH   4 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Voo   3 0 V       Voo   2 0 V       HS  high speed main   mode Note 5    fmx   20 MHz Note 2            5 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   20 MHz Note 2   Voo   3 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fux   10 MHz Note 2   Voo   5 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   10 MHz Note 2   Voo   3 0 V                 operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       LS  low speed main   mode Note 5    fux   8 MHz Note 2   Voo   3 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   8 MHz Note 2   Voo   2 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection          Subsystem clock  operation     Notes and Remarks are listed on the next page      fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4          40         Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4          25                      operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4  TA    50         Normal  operation    S
42.  0 V Note   Cb   30 pF  Rb   5 5            SCKp low level 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  tkcv1 2   12 tkcy1 2   50       1 2   50  width 2 7 V   Vb 4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4            2 7 V     EVppo    4 0 V  tkcv1 2   18 tkcy1 2   50       1 2   50  2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7               1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V  tkcv4 2   50        1 2   50 Kcv1 2   50  1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V Note   Cb   30 pF  Rb   5 5                                       Note Use it with EVDDo  gt  Vb     Caution Select the TTL input buffer for the      pin and the N ch open drain output         tolerance  When 30  to 52 pin  products  EVpp tolerance  When 64  to 100 pin products   mode for the SOp pin and SCKp pin by using port  input mode register     PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg   For      and     see the DC characteristics  with TTL input buffer selected      Remarks are listed two pages after the next page         24   N   SAS 44    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              8 Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   CSI mode   master mode  SCKp    internal clock    output              40 to  85       1 8 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V     Parameter    81   setup time   to SCKp1  Note 1    Conditions    4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb x 4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4         HS  high speed main   mode    LS  low speed main   mode    LV  low vol
43.  1 write after the erase is regarded as 1 rewrite  The retaining years are until next rewrite after the rewrite   Note 2  When using flash memory programmer and Renesas Electronics self programming library  Note 3  These are the characteristics of the flash memory and the results obtained from reliability testing by Renesas Electronics  Corporation     34 9 Dedicated Flash Memory Programmer Communication  UART              40 to  85       1 8 V  lt                       1  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso        1   0 V           24   N   SAS 67    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             34 10 Timing for Switching Flash Memory Programming Modes             40 to  85       1 8 V  lt                       1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   Parameter Conditions    How long from when an external reset ends until the   tsuivir   POR and LVD reset must         initial communication settings are specified before the external reset ends        How long from when the            pin is placed at the  tsu POR and LVD reset must end    low level until an external reset ends before the external reset ends     How long the TOOLO pin must be kept at the low POR and LVD reset must end  level after an external reset ends before the external reset ends    excluding the processing time of the firmware to  control the flash memory                                          V      3         RESET                                             
44.  1182 Page 36   34 4 2 Supply current characteristics Pages 1186 to 1195 Page 36   34 5 AC characteristics Pages 1196 to 1197 Page 36   34 6 1 Serial array unit Pages 1198 to 1221 Page 36   34 6 2 Serial interface        Page 1222 Page 36   34 7 1 A D converter characteristics Pages 1223 to 1226 Page 36   34 7 2 Temperature Sensor Internal Reference Voltage Page 1227 Page 36  Characteristics   34 7 5 POR circuit characteristics Page 1128 Page 36   Supply Voltage Rise Time None Page 37   34 9 s Memory STOP Mode Low Supply Voltage Data Retention Page 1231 Page 37   aracteristics  Chapter 30 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  G Ta    40 to   105                                                            None Page 37    Pages 1049  1052 to   1055  1060  1061  Pages 38 to 47  1072  1073   27 3 6 Invalid memory access detection function Page 1105 Pages 48  49  Cautions of flash memory programming by self programming Page 1142 Page 50       Incorrect descriptions of reset processing time standby mode  release time          Incorrect  Bold with underline  Correct  Gray hatched        c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 2 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013    Revision History  RL78 G14 Incorrect description notice  issued document history    Document Number    TN RL  AO004A E    TN RL  A004B E    TN RL  A004C E       Issue Date    Dec  6  2012  July 4  2013    Oct      c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All ri
45.  2  Do not set the ADCS bit to 1 and the ADCE bit to 0 at the same time   3  Do not change bits ADCS and ADCE from 0 to 1 at the same time using an 8 bit manipulation instruction     Make sure to set these bits in the order shown in 14 7 A D Converter Setup Flowchart         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 19 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October    2013    11  Incorrect descriptions of caution on A D conversion time selection revised  pages 616 to 623    Incorrect   Table 14 3 A D Conversion Time Selection   Omitted   Cautions _1  When rewriting the FR2 to FRO  LV1  and LVO bits to other than the same data  sto D conversion once    ADCS z 0  beforehand     Correct   Table 14 3 A D Conversion Time Selection   Omitted   Cautions 1  Rewrite bits FR2 to FRO  LV1  and LVO to other than the same data while conversion is stopped  ADCS   0   ADCE   0              2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 20 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013    12  Explanations when using SNOOZE mode in the A D converter chapter added    Explanations of A D converter mode register 2  ADM2  added  pages 625  626    Incorrect    4  A D converter mode register 2  ADM2    Omitted     ADREFP1 ADREFPO Selection of the   side reference voltage source of the A D converter  Supplied from Voo  Supplied from P20 AVnerP ANIO          Supplied from the internal reference volt
46.  35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             Absolute Maximum Ratings  2 2     Parameter Symbols Conditions Ratings    Output current  high Per pin        to P06  P10 to P17  P30  P31  P40 to P47   P50 to P57  P64 to P67  P70 to P77  P80 to P87   P100 to P102  P110  P111  P120  P130    P140 to P147    Total of all   POO to P04  P40 to P47  P102  P120  P130   pins P140 to P145     170 mA          poe  P10 to P17  P30  P31  P50 to P57   P64 to P67  P70 to P77  P80 to P87  P100  P101   P110  P111  P146  P147    Per pin P20 to P27  P150 to P156                   Total of all  pins  Output current  low Per pin        to P06  P10 to P17  P30  P31  P40 to P47   P50 to P57  P64 to P67  P70 to P77  P80 to P87   P100 to P102  P110  P111  P120  P130    P140 to P147    Total of all   POO to P04  P40 to P47  P102  P120  P130   pins P140 to P145    170        pos  poe  P10 to P17  P30  P31  P50 to P57   P60 to P67  P70 to P77  P80 to P87  P100  P101   P110  P111  P146  P147    Per pin P20 to P27  P150 to P156                      Total of all  pins          Operating ambient In normal operation mode  40 to  105 Note  temperature       In flash memory programming mode                      Storage temperature  65 to  150   Note Total operating time in  85 to  105   C  10 000 hours   Caution Product quality may suffer if the absolute maximum rating is exceeded even momentarily for any parameter   That is  the absolute maximum ratings are rated values at which the product is
47.  5 5 V       1 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V       1 6 V  lt  EVpp0  lt  5 5 V       Hold time when 2 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V  SCLAO      L          1 8 V  lt              lt  5 5 V       1 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V       1 6 V  lt  EVpp0  lt  5 5 V       Hold time when 2 7 V   EVppo  lt  5 5 V  SCLAO      H          1 8V  EVppox5 5V       1 7 V  lt  EVbppo  lt  5 5 V          1 6 V  lt  EVpp0  lt  5 5 V                                Notes  Cautions  and Remarks are listed on the next page         34   NC   SAS 55    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              1  12C standard mode                                                                                           40 to  85   C  1 6 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   2 2   Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main    LS  low speed main    LV  low voltage main   mode mode mode  MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX   Data setup time  reception  tsu  DAT   2 7 V  lt             lt  5 5 V 250 250 250 ns  1 8 V  lt              lt  5 5 V 250 250 250 ns  1 7 V  lt  EVbppo  lt  5 5 V 250 250 250 ns  1 6 V  lt  EVbppo  lt  5 5 V     250 250 ns  Data hold time  transmission  tHo  DaT   2 7 V  lt             lt  5 5 V 0 3 45 0 3 45 0 3 45 us  note  1 8 V  lt  EVbppo  lt  5 5 V 0 3 45 0 3 45 0 345   us  1 7 V  lt  EVbppo  lt  5 5 V 0 3 45 0 3 45 0 3 45 us  1 6 V  lt              lt  5 5 V     0 3 45 0 3 45 us  Setup time of stop condition tsu sro   2 7 V 
48.  5 V  4600  Cb   100 pF  Rb      kQ       Data setup time  reception  tsu  DAT 2 7 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V  1           220 Note 2  Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7            2 4V     EVopo  lt  5 5 V  1           580 Note 2  Cb   100 pF  Rb      KQ       Data hold time  transmission  tHD  DAT 2 7 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7            2 4 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   3 KQ                      Note 1  The value must also be equal to or less than         4   Note 2  Set the fuck value to keep the hold time of SCLr      L    and SCLr      H        Caution Select the normal input buffer and the N ch open drain output  Voo tolerance  When 30  to 52 pin products  EVpp  tolerance  When 64  to 100 pin products   mode for the SDAr pin and the normal output mode for the SCLr pin by  using port input mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register h  POMh       Remarks are listed on the next page         2tENESAS 31                                              RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105   C   Simplified 12C mode connection diagram  during communication at same potential   VDD    Rb  SDAr SDA  RL78 microcontroller User s device  SCLr  Simplified I2C mode serial transfer timing  during communication at same potential   1 fscL  tLow tHIGH  SCLr  SDAr  tHD  DAT  50  DAT  Remark 1  Rb Q   Communication line  SDAr  pull up resistance  Ce F   Communication line  SDAr  SCLr  load capacitance  Remark 2  r  IIC number       00  01
49.  ADREFPO Selection of the   side reference voltage source of the A D converter    Supplied from Voo  Supplied from P20 AVnerP ANIO          Supplied from the internal reference voltage  1 45 V  ios             1 Setting prohibited           When ADREFP1 or ADREFPO bit is rewritten  this must be configured in accordance with the following procedures    1  Set ADCE   0   2  Change the values of ADREFP1 and ADREFPO   3  Stabilization wait time  A    4  Set ADCE   1   5  Stabilization wait time  B   When ADREFP1 and ADREFPO are set to 1 and 0  respectively  the setting is changed to A   5 us  B   1 us   When ADREFP1 and ADREFPO are set to 0 and 0  respectively  or set to 0 and 1  respectively  A needs no wait and  B   1 ys   After  5  stabilization time  start the A D conversion   When ADREFP1 and ADREFPO are set to 1 and 0  respectively  A D conversion cannot be performed on the  temperature sensor output and internal reference voltage output   Make sure to perform A D conversion while ADISS   0     Specification of the SNOOZE mode  Do not use the SNOOZE mode function   Use the SNOOZE mode function   When there is a hardware trigger signal in the STOP mode  the STOP mode is exited  and A D conversion is performed  without operating the CPU  the SNOOZE mode      The SNOOZE mode function can only be specified when the high speed on chip oscillator clock is selected for the  CPU peripheral hardware clock  fcx   If any other clock is selected  specifying this mode is prohibited     
50.  CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              TA    40 to  85   C  1 6 V  lt  EVpDo   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   4 5   Conditions           to P06  P10 to P17  P30  4 0 V x EVpDo  lt  5 5 V   P31  P40 to P47  P50 to P57            10 0 mA    Output voltage  high       P64 to P67  P70 to P77   P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P130  P140 to P147    4 0 V     EVI  loH1    3 0    000  lt  5 5 V   mA       1 8 V  lt  EVI  loH1    1 5            lt  5 5 V   mA       1 6V  lt  EV       DDO  lt  1 8 V           loH1    1 0 mA       P20 to P27  P150 to P156    1 6 V  lt        lt  5 5 V   loH2    100 uA       Output voltage  low           to P06  P10 to P17  P30   P31  P40 to P47  P50 to P57   P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P130    P140 to P147    4 0 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   loL1   20 0 mA       4 0 V     EVDDO0  lt  5 5 V   loL1   8 5 mA       2 7 V     EVDDO  lt  5 5 V   loL1   3 0 mA       2 7 V     EVDDO  lt  5 5 V   loL1   1 5 mA       1 8 V  lt  EVDDO0  lt  5 5 V   loL1   0 6 mA          1 6 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   loL1   0 3 mA       P20 to P27  P150 to P156    1 6 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V   1012   400            P60 to P63    4 0 V     EVI  loL3   15 0            lt  5 5 V   mA       4 0     lt  EV            lt  5 5 V     loL3   5 0 mA       2 7     lt                  lt  5 5 V     loL3   3 0 mA       1 8V  lt  EV            lt  5 5 V     loL3   2 0 mA       1 6V  lt  
51.  ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105          Conditions           to PO6  P10 to P17  P30   P31  P40 to P47  P50 to P57   P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P140 to P147    Vi   EVpbo       P20 to P27  P137  P150 to P156   RESET       P121 to P124   X1  X2  EXCLK  XT1  XT2   EXCLKS     In input port or  external clock  input          In resonator  connection       Input leakage  current  low           to P06  P10 to P17  P30   P31  P40 to P47  P50 to P57   P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P140 to P147    Vi   EVsso       P20 to P27  P137  P150 to P156   RESET       P121 to P124   X1  X2  EXCLK  XT1  XT2   EXCLKS     In input port or  external clock  input          In resonator  connection       On chip pull up  resistance    Remark                    to P06  P10 to P17  P30   P31  P40 to P47  P50 to P57   P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P140 to P147       Vi   EVsso     2tENESAS    In input port       Unless specified otherwise  the characteristics of alternate function pins are the same as those of the port pins                 RL78 G14    CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             35 3 2 Supply current characteristics     1  Flash ROM  16 to 64 KB of 30  to 64 pin products   TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt              lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   0 V     Parameter    Supply  current  Note 1          Operating  mode 
52.  EVpp1  VoD pins to    A current higher than the absolute maximum rating must not flow into one pin     Note 4     Caution     100 mA for industrial applications  R5F 104xxDxx      do not output high level in N ch open drain mode     Remark       POO  P02 to P04  P10  P11  P13 to P15  P17  P30  P43 to P45  P50 to P55  P71  P74  P80 to P82  and P142 to P144    Unless specified otherwise  the characteristics of alternate function pins are the same as those of the port pins     2tENESAS                RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              TA    40 to  85       1 6 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   2 5     Output current  low Note 1 Per pin for        to P06     Note 1     Note 2   Note 3     Remark       Conditions    P10 to P17  P30  P31    P40 to P47  P50 to P57    P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P130  P140 to P147    Per pin for P60 to P63          Total of POO to P04  P40 to P47    4 0 V  lt  EVDD0  lt  5 5 V  P102  P120  P130  P140 to P145  27     lt             lt  40     When duty  lt  70  Note 3           1 8 V x EVpp0 lt  2 7 V  1 6 V x EVppo  lt  1 8 V  Total of P05  P06  P10 to P17  4 0 V  lt              lt  5 5 V             P30  P31  P50 to P57  2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V  P60 to P67  P70 to P77        1 8 V x EVpbo  lt  2 7 V  P80 to P87  P100  P101  P110     P111  P146  P147 1 6 V x EVDD0  lt  1 8 V        When duty    70  Note 3        
53.  FSR to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD   Integral linearity error  Differential linearity error  Add  0 5 LSB to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD    Note 4  Refer to 35 6 2 Temperature sensor characteristics internal reference voltage characteristic        2tENESAS 49    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              2 When reference voltage       AVREFP ANIO  ADREFP1   0  ADREFPO   1   reference voltage          AVREFM ANI1  ADREFM   1   target pin  ANI16 to ANI20     TA    40 to  105   C  2 4 V  lt  EVppo   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  2 4 V  lt  AVREFP  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V     Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V  Reference voltage       AVREFP  Reference voltage       AVREFM   0 V     Parameter Conditions    Resolution       Overall error Note 1 10 bit resolution 2 4 V  lt                lt  5 5 V              lt                 Vpp Notes 3  4       Conversion time 10 bit resolution 3 6 V  lt  VoD  lt  5 5 V       Target ANI pin  ANI16 to ANI20 27V         lt 55        2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       Zero scale error Notes 1  2 10 bit resolution 2 4 V  lt               lt  5 5 V  EVppo x AVrerp   Vpp Notes 3  4       Full scale error Notes 1  2 10 bit resolution 2 4 V  lt                   5 5 V              lt                        Notes 3  4       Integral linearity error Note 1 10 bit resolution 2 4 V x              lt  5 5 V  EVppo x AVrerp   Vpp Notes 3  4       Differential linearity error Note 1 10 bit resolution 2 4 V x AVREFP  lt  5 5 V  EV
54.  High electric potential Comparator high speed mode  window mode 0 76         reference voltage       Low electric potential Comparator high speed mode  window mode 0 24         reference voltage       Operation stabilization  wait time       Internal reference voltage 2 4 V  lt  VoD  lt  5 5 V  HS  high speed main  mode  Note                         Note Not usable in sub clock operation or STOP mode     35 6 5 POR circuit characteristics             40 to  105       Vss   0 V   Parameter Conditions    Detection voltage Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time Note 1                      Minimum pulse width Note 2       Note 1  However  when the operating voltage falls while the LVD is off  enter STOP mode  or enable the reset status using the  external reset pin before the voltage falls below the operating voltage range shown in 35 4 AC Characteristics        Note 2  Minimum time required for a POR reset when        exceeds below VPpR  This is also the minimum time required for     POR reset from when Vpp exceeds below 0 7 V to when Vpp exceeds VPoR while STOP mode is entered or the         system clock is stopped through setting bit O  HIOSTOP  and bit 7  MSTOP  in the clock operation status control register   CSC      TPw       Supply voltage  VDD     VPOR    1                        VPDR      0 7 V                  9       24   N   SAS 54    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             35 6 6 LVD circuit characteristics     1
55.  Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection                 32 768 kHz Note 4  Ta    50   C    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4  Ta    70   C    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4  Ta    85   C    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection          fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4  Ta    105   C       Normal  operation    Square wave input          Resonator connection                      2tENESAS    10    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             Note 1     Note 2   Note 3   Note 4     Note 5     Remark 1   Remark 2   Remark 3   Remark 4   Remark 5     Total current flowing into        and            including the input leakage current flowing when the level of the input pin is  fixed to         EVppo or Vss  EVsso  The values below the MAX  column include the peripheral operation current   However  not including the current flowing into the A D converter  LVD circuit  I O port  and on chip pull up pull down  resistors and the current flowing during data flash rewrite   When high speed on chip oscillator and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed system clock and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed on chip oscillator and high speed system clock are stopped  When AMPHS1   1  Ultra low power  consumption oscillation   However  not including the current flowi
56.  POR  has the following functions       The reset signal is released when the supply voltage  Vpp  exceeds 1 51 V   0 03 V     However  use either the voltage detection function or the external reset pin to retain the reset status until the Voo reaches the    operation voltage range shown in 34 4 AC Characteristics         Compares supply voltage          and detection voltage  Vepr   1 50 V   0 03 V   generates internal reset signal when  Vpp  lt           However  when the operation voltage drops  switch the MCU to STOP mode  or use either the voltage detection function or the  external reset        to enter the reset status before the        falls below the operation voltage range shown in 34 4 AC    Characteristics     25 3 Operation of Power on reset Circuit    The timing of generation of the internal reset signal by the power on reset circuit and voltage detector is shown below         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 27 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013    16  Explanations of the A D test function in the Safety functions chapter added  section 27 3 8  Explanation of Figure 27 15  A D test register  ADTES  added  page 1109    Incorrect    1  A D test register  ADTES   Figure 27 15  Format of A D Test Register  ADTES     Address  F0013H After reset  00H R W  Symbol 7 6 5    4 3 2 1 0  ADTES1 ADTESO A D conversion target    This i     loa i ificati i   ADS    AVREFM          1 1 AVREFP       
57.  Page 32 of 50  132   NE   SAS     c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved     Date  October    2013    Correct     SNOOZE mode makes UART operate reception by RxDq pin input detection while the STOP  mode  Normally UART stops communication in the STOP mode  But  using the SNOOZE  mode makes reception UART operate unless the CPU operation by detecting RxDq pin input   Only following channels can be set to the SNOOZE mode     e 30 to 64 pin products  UARTO    80 to 100 pin products  UARTO and UART2    When using UARTq in SNOOZE mode  execute the following settings before entering STOP  mede  Refer to Flowcharts of SNOOZE mode operation in Figure 17 118 and Figure 17 120    In SNOOZE mode  UART reception baud rate must be set differently from normal  operation  Refer to Table 17 3 to set registers SPSm and SDRmn  15 9    Set bits            and SSECmn to enable or disable the error interrupt  INTSREO  when a  communication error occurs   Set the SWCm bit in the serial standby control register m  SSCm  to 1 just before entering  STOP mode  After initialization  set the SSm1 bit to 1 in the serial channel start register m   SSm      When the MCU detects the RxDq pin edge input  input the start bit  after entering STOP mode   the UART reception is started     Cautions 1  The SNOOZE mode can only be specified when the high speed on chip oscillator  clock        is selected for           Note that SNOOZE mode cannot be used when the  high speed on chip oscillat
58.  RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013  25  Figure 29 3 Format of Option Byte  000C2H 010C2H   page 1121    Old  New   Figure 29 3 Format of Option Byte  000C2H 010C2H  Figure 29 3  Format of Option Byte  000C2H 010C2H     Address  000C2H 010C2H       Address  000C2H 010C2H          4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0  CMODE1   csMoDEO   1   0   FRQSEL3   FRQSEL2   FRQSEL1   FRQSELO CMODE1   C5MODEO   1   0   FRQSEL3   FROSEL2   FRQSEL1   FRQSELO    Setting of flash operation mode Setting of flash operation mode  CMODE1 CMODEO Operating Frequency   Operating Voltage CMODE1 CMODEO Operating Frequency   Operating Voltage  Range Range Range Range  poo foo   LV  low voltage main  mode 1 to 4 MHz 1 6 to 5 5 V             LV  low voltage main  mode 1 to 4 MHz 1 6 to 5 5 V      1   0o   LS  low speed main  mode 1 to 8 MHz 1 8 to 5 5 V        o 1 LS  low speed main  mode 1 to 8 MHz 1 8 to 5 5 V         dms    1to 16 MHz 2 4 to 5 5 V 1 to 16 MHz 2 4 to 5 5 V   speed main  mode i i   high sp in  11032 MHz 271055V 1 1 HS  high speed main  mode TIS EO ME 271055V    Other than above Setting prohibited Other than above Setting prohibited    Frequency of the highspeed Frequency of the high speed  FRQSEL4   FROSEL3   FRQSEL2   FRQSEL1   FRQSELO on chip oscillator FRQSEL4   FRQSEL3   FRQSEL2   FRQSEL1   FRQSELO on chip oscillator  fuoco    1 1 64 MHz                                        3                             S                                         esee ge      L3 T833
59.  Release by Reset  2 2      3  When subsystem clock is used as CPU clock   Omitted     Reset processing time when HALT mode or STOP mode is released  Reset pro ing time  387 to 720 us  When LVD is used    155 to 407 us  When LVD off          2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 38 of 50    132   NE   SAS    Date  October   2013    Correct   Figure 23 4 HALT Mode Release by Reset  1 2    Omitted    2  When high speed on chip oscillator clock is used as CPU clock   Omitted   Refer to Chapter 24 RESET FUNCTION for the reset processing time  For details    about the reset processing time for power on reset  POR  circuit and voltage detector   LVD   refer to Chapter 25 POWER ON RESET CIRCUIT     Figure 23 4 HALT Mode Release by Reset  2 2      3  When subsystem clock is used as CPU clock   Omitted     Refer to Chapter 24 RESET FUNCTION for the reset processing time  For details  about the reset processing time for power on reset  POR  circuit and voltage detector   LVD   refer to Chapter 25 POWER ON RESET CIRCUIT        RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E    Incorrect descriptions of reset processing time revised  pages 1052 to 1054     Incorrect    2  STOP mode release  The STOP mode can be released by the following two sources    a  Release by unmasked interrupt request  When an unmasked interrupt request is generated  the STOP mode is released  After the  oscillation stabilization time has elapsed  if interrupt acknowledgement is enabled  vectore
60.  TRGIF bit is set to 1 by the next generated request source      When status flags of interrupt sources  applicable status flags  of timer      are set to 0 and their interrupts are disabled in the  timer RG interrupt enable register  TRGIER   use either one of the following methods  a  to  c      a  Set OOH  all interrupts disabled  to the TRGIER register and write 0 to applicable status flags      Go on to the next page        Page 13 of 50  RENESAS     c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved     RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013     b  When there are bits set to 1  interrupt enabled  in timer RG interrupt enable register  TRGIER  and status flags of    interrupt sources related to their bits are 0  write 0 to applicable status flags     Example  To clear the TRGIMFB bit to O when bits TRGIMIEA and TRGOVIE are set to 1  interrupt enabled  and the  TRGIMIEB bit is set to O  interrupt disabled    Timer RG Interrupt Enable Register  TRGIER     Interrupt enabled    TRGIER TRGOVIE fJ TRGUDIE    TRGIMIEB    TRGIMIEA  1 0 0 1  Interrupt disabled    Timer RG Status Register  TRGSR     TRGDIRF TRGOVF TRGUDF f TRGIMFB f TRGIMFA  0 0 1 1 0    As status flags  TRGOVF  TRGIMFA  corresponding to                                              the bit which is set to 1  interrupt enabled  are 0  write 0    to the TRGIMFB bit      c  When there are bits set to 1  interrupt enabled  in the timer RG interrupt enable register  TRGIER  and status f
61.  TxDq  pull up resistance            Communication line  TxDq  load capacitance  Vb V   Communication line voltage  Remark 2  q  UART number  q   0 to 3   g  PIM and POM number  g   0  1  5  14   Remark 3  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn    m  Unit number  n  Channel number  mn   00 to 03  10 to 13    Remark 4  UART2 cannot communicate at different potential when bit 1  PIORO1  of peripheral I O redirection register 0  PIORO  is  1        24   N   SAS 41    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              7 Communication at different potential  2 5 V  3 V   CSI mode   master mode  SCKp    internal clock output   corresponding CSIOO only            40 to  85   C  2 7 V  lt  EVpDo   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V   1 2     HS  high speed LS  low speed main   main  mode mode    MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX     Parameter Conditions LV  low voltage    main  mode       SCKp cycle time tkcy1  gt  2 fcLk   4 0 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   27V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V     Cb   20 pF  Re   1 4 KQ       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   20 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ          SCKp high level  width    4 0 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   27V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   20 pF  Rb   1 4 KQ    tkcv1 2   50    tkcy1 2   50    tkcv1 2   50       2 7 V     EVoppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb x27 V   Co   20 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ    tkcy1 2   120           
62.  V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 5 KQ                      34   NE   SAS 45    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              8 Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   simplified I2C mode    TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt                EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   2 2     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main  mode       MIN  MAX     Data setup time  reception  tSU DAT 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  1 fuck   340 Note 2  2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ       2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V  1 fMck   340 Note 2  2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb 2 7            4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  1 fuck   760 Note 2  2 7 V  lt  Vo  lt  4 0 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 8            2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V  1           760 Note 2  2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ       2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V  1           570 Note 2  1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 5 KQ       Data hold time  transmission  tHD DAT 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7            4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb x 4 0 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 8            2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 7            2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 5                           Note 1  The
63.  be used     Remark When using the X1 oscillator and XT1 oscillator  refer to 5 4 System Clock Oscillator     34 2 2 On chip oscillator characteristics             40 to  85       1 6 V  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   0 V   Oscillators Parameters Conditions    High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  Notes 1 2       High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  20 to  85        1 8 V  lt        lt 5 5                          1 6 V  lt  VDD  lt  1 8 V   40 to  20        1 8 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V  1 6 V  lt  Voo  lt  1 8 V                Low speed on chip oscillator clock frequency       Low speed on chip oscillator clock frequency                accuracy             Note 1  High speed on chip oscillator frequency is selected with bits 0 to 4 of the option byte  000C2H  and bits 0 to 2 of the  HOCODIV register   Note 2  This only indicates the oscillator characteristics  Refer to AC Characteristics for instruction execution time        24   N   SAS 4    RL78 G14       CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85          34 3 DC Characteristics    34 3 1    Pin characteristics     TA    40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVDD0   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso       551   0 V     Output current  high Note 1    Note 1    an output pin   Note 2   Note 3     Conditions    Per pin for        to P06    P10 to P17  P30  P31    P40 to P47  P50 to P57    P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P130  P140 to P147    1 6 V x             
64.  bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number  m   0  1    n  Channel number  n   0  2   mn   00  01  02  10  12  13        34   N   SAS 47    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             35 5 2 Serial interface            TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main  mode       Standard mode Fast mode       MAX              SCLAO clock frequency Fast mode            gt  3 5 MHz       Standard mode            gt  1 MHz                                                    Setup time of restart condition tsU  STA   Hold time Note 1 tHD  STA   Hold time when SCLAO    L           Hold time when SCLAO            tHIGH   Data setup time  reception  tsu  DAT   Data hold time  transmission  Note 2   HD  DAT   Setup time of stop condition tsu  sro   Bus free time tBUF  Note 1  The first clock pulse is generated after this period when the start restart condition is detected   Note 2  The maximum value  MAX   of tHD  DAT is during normal transfer and a wait state is inserted in the ACK  acknowledge    timing     Caution The values in the above table are applied even when bit 2  PIORO2  in the peripheral I O redirection register 0   PIORO  is 1  At this time  the pin characteristics        1  loL1  VoH1  VoL1  must satisfy the values in the redirect  destination     Remark The maximum value of Cb  communication line capacitance  and the value of R
65.  bits set to 1  interrupt enabled  in timer RG interrupt enable register  TRGIER  and status flags of  interrupt sources related to their bits are 1  write O to these status flags and applicable status flags at the same    time     Example  To clear the TRGIMFB bit to 0 when the TRGIMIEA bit is set to 1  interrupt enabled  and the TRGIMIEB    bit is set to O  interrupt disabled      Timer RG Interrupt Enable Register  TRGIER                                TRGIER TRGOVIE   TRGUDIE 9 TRGIMIEB    TRGIMIEA  0 0 0 1  Interrupt disabled    Timer RG Status Register  TRGSR   TRGDIRF TRGIMFB  0 1 1    As the status flag  TRGIMFA  corresponding to the bit which is                               set to 1  interrupt enabled  is 1  write O to bits TRGIMFB and    TRGIFMA at the same time         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 12 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E    6  Explanations of the timer RG interrupt added    Explanations of the timer RG interrupt added  Page 562     Incorrect  Not applicable  new   Correct     9 4 Timer RG Interrupt    Timer RG generates the timer RG interrupt request from four sources  Table 9 16 lists the Registers Associated with Timer RG    Interrupt and Figure 9 31 shows the Timer RG Interrupt Block Diagram     Table 9 16 Registers Associated with Timer RG Interrupt    Date  October       Timer RG  Status Register    Timer RG Interrupt  Enable Register    Interrupt Request    Flag  Register     Interr
66.  during communication at different potential     1 fscL       tLow tHIGH       SCLr       SDAr                tHD  DAT tSU  DAT    Remark 1  Rb Q   Communication line  SDAr  SCLr  pull up resistance           Communication line  SDAr  SCLr  load capacitance   Vb V   Communication line voltage   Remark 2           number       00  01  10  11  20  30  31   g  PIM  POM number  g   0  1  3 to 5  14    Remark 3  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number  m   0  1    n  Channel number  n   0  2   mn   00  01  02  10  12  13        34   N   SAS 54    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             34 5 2 Serial interface IICA     1  12C standard mode   TA    40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVDD0   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso       551   0 V   1 2     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main    LS  low speed main    LV  low voltage main   mode mode mode       MAX                           SCLAO clock Standard mode    2 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V  frequency       gt  1 MHz       1 8 V  lt              lt  5 5 V       1 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V       1 6VxEVppox 5 5 V          Setup time of tsu sta   2 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V  restart condition       1 8V  EVppox5 5V       1 7 V  lt  EVbppo  lt  5 5 V       1 6 V  lt  EVpp0  lt  5 5 V       Hold time Note 1   tHp sta   2 7 V  lt  EVopo  lt  5 5 V       1 8 V  lt              lt 
67.  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn    m  Unit number  n  Channel number  mn   00 to 03  10 to 13    Remark 4  UART2 cannot communicate at different potential when bit 1  PIORO1  of peripheral I O redirection register 0  PIORO  is  1        24   N   SAS 36    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              6 Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   CSI mode   master mode  SCKp    internal clock  output            40 to  105       2 4 V  lt  EVDD0   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   1 3     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main  mode       MIN  MAX     SCKp cycle time tkcy1  gt  4 fcLk 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb     4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4            2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vo x 2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7            2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V  lt  Vo  lt  2 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   5 5               SCKp high level width 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  tkcy1 2   150  2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4            2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V  tkcy1 2   340  2 3 V  lt  Vo  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7            2 4 V     EVppo  lt  3 3 V  tkcv1 2   916  1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   5 5            SCKp low level width 4 0 V  lt              lt  5 5 V  tkcv1 2   24  2 7 V   Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4            2 7 V     EVppo    4 
68.  lt            lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V     Parameter    SCKp cycle time    Conditions    tkcy1  gt  4 fcLK 2 7 V     Evopo     5 5 V    HS  high speed main   mode       MIN  MAX   250       2 4 V  lt              lt  5 5 V       500       SCKp high  low level width              tKL1    4 0 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V    tkcv1 2   24       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V    tkcv1 2   36       2 4 V  lt  EVpp0  lt  5 5 V    tkcy1 2   76            setup time  to SCKp1  Note 1    4 0 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V    66       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V    66       2 4 V  lt              lt  5 5 V       51   hold time  from SCKp1  Note 2       Delay time from SCKp  to SOp output Note 3       C   30 pF Note 4                   Note 1  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The Slp setup time becomes    to SCKp   when  DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0   Note 2  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The Slp hold time becomes  from SCKp     when  DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0   Note 3  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The delay time to SOp output becomes  from  SCKp1  when DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0   Note 4  C is the load capacitance of the SCKp and SOp output lines     Caution Select the normal input buffer for the      pin and the normal output mode for the SOp pin and SCKp pin by using  port input mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg
69.  lt          lt  5 5 V    2 0            85 to  105        1 0            20 to  85        1 5            40 to  20            Serial array unit    UART  CSI  fcLk 2  16 Mbps supported   fcLk 4  Simplified 12   communication    UART  CSI  fcLk 4  Simplified 12C communication       IICA    Standard mode  Fast mode  Fast mode plus    Standard mode  Fast mode       Voltage detector    Remark         Rising  1 67 V to 4 06 V  14 stages     Falling  1 63 V to 3 98 V  14 stages          Rising  2 61 V to 4 06 V  8 stages     Falling  2 55 V to 3 98 V  8 stages     The electrical characteristics of the products     Industrial applications  TA    40 to   105       are different from those of    the products  A  Consumer applications  and D  Industrial applications   For details  refer to 35 1 to 35 10        24   N   SAS    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             35 1 Absolute Maximum Ratings    Absolute Maximum Ratings  1 2   Parameter Symbols Conditions Ratings  Supply voltage VDD  0 5 to  6 5  EVppo  EVpp1   EVpbo   EVDD1  0 5 to  6 5  EVsso  EVss1   EVsso   EVss1  0 5 to  0 3             REGC pin input voltage   ViREGC REGC  0 3 to  2 8  and  0 3 to         0 3 Note 1    Input voltage Vn        to P06  P10 to P17  P30  P31   0 3 to EVppo  0 3  P40 to P47  P50 to P57  P64 to P67  and  0 3 to         0 3 Note 2  P70 to P77  P80 to P87  P100 to P102   P110  P111  P120  P140 to P147    P60 to P63  N ch open drain   0 3 to  6 5    P20 to P27  P1
70.  lt  5 5 V 1 0  frequency 24V  lt  VDD  lt  2 7 V 1 0  fEXS 32          0 0625                   External system clock  tEXH  2 7 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V 24               high level width  tEXL 24    lt    0    lt  2 7   30  low level width          tEXHS   tEXLS    TIOO to TIO3      10         tTIH  triL 1 fuck   10  TI13 input high level Note  width  low level width    Timer RJ input cycle 2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V 100  2 4 V  lt              lt  2 7 V 300  Timer RJ input high    tTJIH  2 7 V  lt                lt  5 5 V 40    13 7                   level width  low level   trJiL 24V  lt  EVppo  lt  2 7 V  width                            Note The following conditions are required for low voltage interface when             lt  VDD  2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  2 7 V  MIN  125 ns    Remark         Timer array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of timer mode register mn  TMRmn   m  Unit number  m   0  1   n  Channel  number  n   0 to 3         24   N   SAS 20    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso       551   0 V   2 2   Conditions    Timer RD input high level tTDIH  TRDIOAO  TRDIOA1  TRDIOBO  TRDIOB1   width  low level width tTDIL TRDIOCO  TRDIOC1  TRDIODO  TRDIOD1    Timer RD forced cutoff signal   trbsiL P130 INTPO 2MHz  lt            lt  32 MHz 1          input low level width       lt  2 MHz 1 fcLK   1       
71.  lt  5 5 V 44 110 110       2 4 V  lt  EVppo     5 5 V 75 110 110       1 8 V     EVppo     5 5 V 110 110 110       1 7 V  lt  EVpp0     5 5 V 220       1 6 V     EVppo     5 5 V 220       Slp hold time 1 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V 19   from SCKp1  Note 2       1 6 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V 19       Delay time from 1 7 V  lt  EVbpo  lt  5 5 V    SCKp  to SOp output      30 pF Note 4  Note 3       1 6 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  C   30 pF Note 4                                  Note 1  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The Slp setup time becomes  to SCKp   when  DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Note 2  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The Slip hold time becomes    from SCKp   when  DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Note 3  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The delay time to SOp output becomes  from  SCKp1  when DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Note 4  C is the load capacitance of the SCKp and SOp output lines     Caution Select the normal input buffer for the      pin and the normal output mode for the SOp pin and SCKp pin by using  port input mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg      Remark 1  p  CSI number  p   00  01  10  11  20  21  30  31   m  Unit number  m   0  1   n  Channel number  n   0 to 3    9  PIM number  g   0  1  3 to 5  14    Remark 2  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be
72.  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V 4 0 4 0 4 0 us  1 8 V  lt              lt  5 5 V 4 0 4 0 4 0 us  1 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V 4 0 4 0 4 0 us  1 6 V  lt              lt  5 5 V     4 0 4 0 us  Bus free time tBUF 2 7 V   EVppo  lt  5 5 V 4 7 4 7 4 7 us  1 8 V  lt EVpp0  lt  5 5 V 4 7 4 7 4 7 us  1 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V 4 7 4 7 4 7 us  1 6 V  lt              lt  5 5 V     4 7 4 7 us  Note 1  The first clock pulse is generated after this period when the start restart condition is detected   Note 2  The maximum value  MAX   of tHD  DAT is during normal transfer and a wait state is inserted in the ACK  acknowledge     timing   Caution The values in the above table are applied even when bit 2  PIORO2  in the peripheral I O redirection register 0   PIORO  is 1  At this time  the pin characteristics          loL1            VoL1  must satisfy the values in the redirect    destination     Remark The maximum value of Cb  communication line capacitance  and the value of Rb  communication line pull up resistor  at  that time in each mode are as follows     Standard mode  Cb   400 pF  Rb   2 7            24   N   SAS 56    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              2  12C fast mode   TA    40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVppo   EVDD1  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso       551   0 V     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed LS  low speed LV  low voltage  main  mode main  mode main  mode       MAX    MAX  i MAX     SCLAO clock frequency Fast mode  2 7 V  lt  
73.  ms  max    When LVD is off   The second and subsequent reset processing time after POR is released    0 531 ms  TYP    0 675 ms  max    When LVD is used    0 259 ms  TYP    0 362 ms  max    When LVD is off   After power is supplied  a voltage stabilization wait time of about 0 99 ms  TYP   and up to  2 30 ms  MAX   is required before reset processing starts after the external reset is  released     3  The state of P40 is as follows      High impedance during the external reset period or reset period by the POR      High level during other types of reset or after receiving a reset signal  connected to the  on chip pull up resistor     Reset by POR and LVD circuit supply voltage detection is automatically released when  Voo 2                      2 Vivo after the reset  After reset processing  execution of the program  with the high speed on chip oscillator clock as the operating clock starts  For details  see  Chapter 25 POWER ON RESET CIRCUIT or Chapter 26 VOLTALGE DETECTOR        RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E    Incorrect descriptions of reset processing time revised  pages 1072  1073     Incorrect     Supply voltage              Operating voltage   range lower limit                    1 51                 VPDR   1 50 V TYP             ov    RESET pin    High speed on chip  oscillator clock           Figure 25 2  Timing of Generation of Internal Reset Signal by    Power on reset Circuit and Voltage Detector  1 2     1H  VP          10 us or more      Wait for osci
74.  on chip  oscillator clock    g Starting X1 oscillation is specified by software   High speed system clock     when X1 oscillation is selected       Reset processing Normal operation   high speed on chip oscillator clock         M            Watchdog timer overfiow  10 0511 ms           Execution of illegal instruction        10 0701 ms  MAX    Detection of RAM parity error        Detection of illegal memory access       Internal reset signal    Reset penod   oscillation stop     CPU status Normal operation                 Port pin   except P130     Port pin   P130        RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E    Figure 24 4 Timing of Reset in STOP mode by RESET Input    Wait for oscillation  STOP instruction execution accuracy stabilization    a  High speed on chip  oscillator clock   Starting X1 oscillation is specified by software   High speed system clock   when X1 oscillation is selected         Reset                 Stop status ra    Normal operation  Normal ration T  CPU status          Toscillation stop  Dp     high speed on chip oscillator clock     RESET     Reset processing   387 to 674 yis  When LVD is used   155 to 360 ps  When LVD off   nternal reset signa                        except P130     Port pin   P130  Nef  Note When P130 is set to high level output before reset is effected  the output signal of P130    can be dummy output as a reset signal to an external device  because P130 outputs a       low level when reset is effected  To release a reset signal t
75.  on the verge of suffering physical    damage  and therefore the product must be used under conditions that ensure that the absolute maximum  ratings are not exceeded     Remark Unless specified otherwise  the characteristics of alternate function pins are the same as those of the port pins        2tENESAS 3    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             35 2 Oscillator Characteristics    35 2 4 X1  XT1 characteristics             40 to  105       2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V  Vss   0 V     X1 clock oscillation frequency  fx  Note Ceramic resonator  2 7 V  lt          lt  5 5     crystal resonator       2 4 V  lt VDD lt 2 7 V       XT1 clock oscillation frequency  fxr  Note   Crystal resonator                      Note Indicates only permissible oscillator frequency ranges  Refer to AC Characteristics for instruction execution time   Request evaluation by the manufacturer of the oscillator circuit mounted on a board to check the oscillator  characteristics     Caution Since the CPU is started by the high speed on chip oscillator clock after a reset release  check the X1 clock  oscillation stabilization time using the oscillation stabilization time counter status register  OSTC  by the user   Determine the oscillation stabilization time of the OSTC register and the oscillation stabilization time select  register  OSTS  after sufficiently evaluating the oscillation stabilization time with the resonator to be used     Remark When using the X1 osc
76.  pF Note 4 2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V 2 fuck   66 ns  2 4 V  lt EVpp0  lt  5 5 V 2 fuck   113 ns                      Note 1  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The Slp setup time becomes  to SCKp   when  DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Note 2  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and              1  The Slp hold time becomes  from SCKp   when  DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Note 3  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The delay time to SOp output becomes  from  SCKp1  when DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Note 4  C is the load capacitance of the SOp output lines    Note 5  The maximum transfer rate when using the SNOOZE mode is 1 Mbps     Caution Select the normal input buffer for the      pin and SCKp pin and the normal output mode for the SOp pin by using  port input mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg      Remark 1  p  CSI number  p   00  01  10  11  20  21  30  31   m  Unit number  m   0  1    n  Channel number  n   0 to 3   g  PIM number  g   0  1  3 to 5  14    Remark 2  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number   n  Channel number  mn   00 to 03  10 to 13         24   N   SAS 28    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              3  During communication at same potential  CSI mode   slave 
77.  set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number   n  Channel number  mn   00 to 03  10 to 13         24   N   SAS 30    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              4  During communication at same potential  CSI mode   slave mode  SCKp    external clock input                                                                                                     40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVDD0   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   1 2   Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main    LS  low speed main    LV  low voltage main   mode mode mode  MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX   SCKp cycle        2 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   20 MHz  lt  fuck 8 fuck         ns  ime N  time Nes fuck  lt  20 MHz G fuck G fuck 6 fmcK ns  2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   16 MHz  lt  fuck 8 fuck         ns  fuck  lt  16 MHz G fuck G fuck 6 fuck ns  2 4 V  lt              lt  5 5 V G fuck G fuck 6 fuck ns  and 500 and 500 and 500  1 8V lt EVpp0  lt  5 5 V G fuck G fuck G fuck ns  and 750 and 750 and 750  1 7 V  lt EVpp0  lt  5 5 V G fuck G fuck 6 fuck ns  and 1500 and 1500 and 1500  1 6 V     EVppo     5 5 V     6 fuck 6          ns  and 1500 and 1500  SCKp high   tkH2  4 0 V  lt  EVbbo  lt  5 5 V tkcy2 2   7 tkcy2 2   7 tkcv2 2   7 ns     2 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V         2 2   8 tkcy2 2   8 tkcv2 2   8 ns  1 8 V  lt              lt  5 5 V tkcv2 2   18 tkcv2 2   18 tkcv2 2   18 ns  1 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V tkcy2 2   
78.  these status flags and applicable status flags at the same time     Example  To clear the IMFB bit to 0 when the IMIEA is set to 1  interrupt enabled  and the IMIEB is set to 0    Timer RD Interrupt Enable Register i  TRDIERI     Interrupt disabled    Timer RD Status Register i  TRDSRi   TRDSRi we    As the status flag  IMFA  corresponding to the bit which is set to 1     interrupt disabled                                                          interrupt enabled  is 1  write O to bits IMFB and IMFA at the same time         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 10 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013    5  Explanations of the timer RG status register added    Explanations of the timer RG status register added  page 534    Incorrect     Note 1     Correct     Note 1     When the counter value of timer RG changes from FFFFH to 0000H  the TRGOVF bit is set to 1     Omitted    The writing results are as follows        If the read value is 1  writing 0 to the bit sets it to 0    e  f the read value is 0  the bit remains unchanged even if 0 is written to it   Even if the bit is changed from 0 to 1    After reading and then 0 is written to it  it remains 1     e Writing 1 has no effect     When the counter value of timer RG changes from FFFFH to 0000H  the TRGOVF bit is set to 1     Omitted    The writing results are as follows    e Writing 1 has no effect    e  f the read value is 0  the bit remains unchange
79.  timer   Not including the current flowing into the RTC  12 bit interval timer  and watchdog timer   Relationship between operation voltage width  operation frequency of CPU and operation mode is as below   HS  high speed main  mode  2 7 V x Vbpp  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 32 MHz   2 4 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 16 MHz  Regarding the value for current to operate the subsystem clock in STOP mode  refer to that in HALT mode     fux  High speed system clock frequency  X1 clock oscillation frequency or external main system clock frequency   fHoco  High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  64 MHz max     fiH  High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  32 MHz max     fsuB  Subsystem clock frequency  XT1 clock oscillation frequency    Except subsystem clock operation and STOP mode  temperature condition of the         value is TA   25            34   NC   SAS 17    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105           3  Peripheral Functions  Common to all products    TA    40 to  105   C  2 4 V  lt  EVppo   EVpp1  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V     Parameter    Low speed on chip  oscillator operating current    Iri  Note 1    Conditions          RTC operating current             Notes 1  2  3       12 bit interval timer  operating current         Notes 1  2  4       Watchdog timer operating  current    Iwpr Notes 1  2  5    fil   15 kHz       A D converter operating  current    lapc Notes 1  6    When conversion at maximum  speed  
80.  to FFEDFH     R5F104xE  x   A to C  E to G  J  L    FE900H to FEDO9H  R5F104xJ  x   F      J  L  M  P    F9FOOH to FA309H    3  The RAM area in the products listed below cannot be used when using the  self programming function or rewriting the data flash  because they are used by  libraries    R5F104xD  x   Ato C  E to G  J  L    FE900H to FEDO9H  R5F104xE  x  A to C  E to G  J  L    FE900H to FEDO9H  R5F104xJ  x   A to C  E to     J  L   FA300H to              R5F104xJ  x   F      J  L  M  P    F9F00H to FA309H    3  The internal RAM area in the following products cannot be used as stack  memory when using the on chip debugging trace function     4  The internal RAM area in the following products cannot be used as stack memory  when using the on chip debugging trace function     R5F104xJ  x   A to C  E to G  J  L   FA300H to FA6FFH        c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 31 of 50    132   NE   SAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E    21  17 7 3 SNOOZE mode function  page 847    Incorrect     e  30to 64 pin products  UARTO only  e 80 to 100 pin products  UARTO and UART2    When using the SNOOZE mode function  set the SWCm bit of serial standby control register m   SSCm  to 1 just before switching to the STOP mode     Cautions  1  The SNOOZE mode can only be specified when the high speed on chip oscillator  clock is selected for            2  The maximum transfer rate when using UARTq in the SN    9600 bps  target      ZE mode is   
81.  transfer  rate     Expression for calculating the transfer rate when 2 7 V  lt              lt  4 0 V and 2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V  1  Maximum transfer rate                                                                         bps     Cb x Rb x In  1  20       Vb    1    Transfer rate x 2  Baud rate error  theoretical value    x 100  96     1  Transfer rate             x Ro x In  1  22    Vb         x Number of transferred bits      This value is the theoretical value of the relative difference between the transmission and reception sides    Note 4  This value as an example is calculated when the conditions described in the    Conditions    column are met   Refer to Note 3 above to calculate the maximum transfer rate under conditions of the customer        34   N   SAS 34    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             Note 5  The smaller maximum transfer rate derived by using          12 or the following expression is the valid maximum transfer  rate   Expression for calculating the transfer rate when 2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V and 1 6 V Vb x 2 0 V    Maximum transfer rate                                                                    bpp          x Ro x In  1       x3  Vb    1    Transfer rate x 2  Baud rate error  theoretical value                                                                          x 100  96                          Vb    1                                   x Number of transferred bits  Transfer rate      Thi
82.  used as CPU clock   Omitted   Omitted    2  When high speed on chip oscillator clock is used as CPU clock  2  When high speed on chip oscillator clock is used as CPU clock     Omitted   Omitted     mE   Note  Refer to Chapter 24 RESET FUNCTION for the reset processing time  For details  Reset processing time when HALT mode or STOP mode is released about the reset processing time for power on reset  POR  circuit and voltage detector    155 to 407 us  When LVD off      LVD   refer to Chapter 25 POWER ON RESET CIRCUIT         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 41 of 50    132   NE   SAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E    Explanations of SNOOZE mode shift time added  page 1055     Incorrect   23 2 3 SNOOZE mode   1  SNOOZE mode setting and operating statuses     Omitted     The operating statuses in the SNOOZE mode are shown below      c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 42 of 50                       Date  October    2013    Correct   23 2 3 SNOOZE mode   1  SNOOZE mode setting and operating statuses     Omitted     In SNOOZE mode transition  wait status to be only following time   When FRQSEL4   0  18 us to 65 us  When FRQSEL4   1  18 us to 135 us    Remark  Transition time from STOP mode to SNOOZE mode varies depending on the    temperature conditions and the STOP mode period     Transition time from SNOOZE mode to normal operation     When vectored interrupt servicing is carried out   HS  High speed 
83.  value must also be equal to or less than         4   Note 2  Set the fuck value to keep the hold time of SCLr      L    and SCLr      H        Caution Select the TTL input buffer and the N ch open drain output  Voo tolerance  When 30       52      products  EVpp  tolerance  When 64  to 100 pin products   mode for the SDAr pin and the N ch open drain output  Von tolerance   When 30  to 52      products  EVpp tolerance  When 64  to 100      products   mode for the SCLr pin by using  port input mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg   For ViH and ViL  see the DC  characteristics with TTL input buffer selected      Remarks are listed on the next page         24   N   SAS 46    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             Simplified I2C mode connection diagram  during communication at different potential     Vb Vb      Rb   Rb  SDAr       RL78 microcontroller User s device    SCLr          Simplified I2C mode serial transfer timing  during communication at different potential     1 fscL       tLow tHIGH       SCLr       SDAr                tHD  DAT tSU  DAT    Remark 1  Rb Q   Communication line  SDAr  SCLr  pull up resistance           Communication line  SDAr  SCLr  load capacitance   Vb V   Communication line voltage   Remark 2           number       00  01  10  11  20  30  31   g  PIM  POM number  g   0  1  3 to 5  14    Remark 3  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn
84.  vol    tage main     mode       MIN  MAX   1000 Note 1    MIN  MAX   400 Note 1    MIN     MAX     400 Note 1       1 8 V                 lt  5 5 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   3 KQ    400 Note 1    400 Note 1    400 Note 1       1 8 V     EVppo  lt  2 7 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5         300 Note 1    300 Note 1    300 Note 1       1 7 V     EVppo  lt  1 8 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 KQ    250 Note 1    250 Note 1    250 Note 1       1 6 V     EVppo  lt  1 8 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 KQ    250 Note 1    250 Note 1       Hold time  when SCLr      L       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 kO       1 8 V                 lt  5 5 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   3 KQ       1 8 V     EVppo  lt  2 7 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 KQ       1 7 V     EVppo  lt  1 8 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 KQ       1 6 V     EVppo  lt  1 8 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 KQ       Hold time    when SCLr      H       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 kO       1 8 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   3 KQ       1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  2 7 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 KQ       1 7 V     EVppo  lt  1 8 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 KQ             1 6 V     EVppo  lt  1 8 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   5 KQ                    Notes and Caution are listed on the next page  and Remarks are listed on the page after the next page                  24   N   SAS    35    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              5  During communication at same potential  simplified 12C mode              40 to  85  
85. 0 V  tkcv1 2   36  2 3 V  lt  Vo  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7            2 4 V     EVppo  lt  3 3 V  tkcy1 2   100  1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   5 5                           Caution Select the TTL input buffer for the Sip pin and the N ch open drain output         tolerance  When 30  to 52 pin  products  EVpp tolerance  When 64  to 100 pin products   mode for the SOp pin and SCKp pin by using port  input mode register     PIMg  and port output mode register     POMg   For      and     see the DC characteristics  with TTL input buffer selected      Remarks are listed two pages after the next page         24   N   SAS 37    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              6 Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   CSI mode   master mode  SCKp    internal clock  output    TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt  EVDDo   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   2 3     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main  mode       MIN  MAX     Slp setup time  to SCKp1  Note 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vo  lt  4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4 KQ       2 7 V     EVDpo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7            2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   5 5            Slp hold time  from SCKp1  Note 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vo  lt  4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4 KQ       2 7 V     EVDpo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 p
86. 0 bit resolution 3 6 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V  Target pin  internal reference voltage  and    temperature sensor output voltage   HS  high speed main  mode  2 4  lt     00  lt 5 5V       2 7 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V          Zero scale error Notes 1  2 10 bit resolution 1 8 V  lt  Voo  lt 5 5V       1 6 V  lt          lt  5 5 V Note 3       Full scale error Notes 1  2 10 bit resolution 1 8 V  lt  Voo  lt 5 5V       1 6 V  lt          lt  5 5 V Note 3       Integral linearity error Note 1 10 bit resolution 1 8 V  lt          lt  5 5 V       1 6 V  lt          lt  5 5 V Note 3          Differential linearity error 10 bit resolution 1 8 V  lt          lt  5 5 V  Note 1       1 6 V  lt          lt  5 5 V Note 3          Analog input voltage ANIO to ANI14       ANI16 to ANI20                        Internal reference voltage          Note 4   2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V  HS  high speed main  mode        Temperature sensor output voltage V1MPs25 Note 4   2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V  HS  high speed main  mode                    Note 1  Excludes quantization error   1 2 LSB    Note 2  This value is indicated as a ratio  96 FSR  to the full scale value   Note 3  When the conversion time is set to 57 us  min   and 95 us  max       Note 4  Refer to 34 6 2 Temperature sensor characteristics internal reference voltage characteristic        24   N   SAS 61    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              4  When reference voltage       Internal reference voltage  
87. 0 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P140 to P147       Vi   EVsso     2tENESAS    In input port       Unless specified otherwise  the characteristics of alternate function pins are the same as those of the port pins                 RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             34 3 2 Supply current characteristics     1  Flash ROM  16 to 64 KB of 30  to 64 pin products   TA    40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVDDO  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   0 V     Parameter    Supply  current  Note 1          Operating  mode    HS  high speed main   mode Note 5    Conditions    fuoco   64 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Basic  operation    Vop   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fuoco   32 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Basic  operation    Vop   5 0 V       Voo   3 0         HS  high speed main   mode Note 5    fuoco   64 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Vop   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fuoco   32 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Vop   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fuoco   48 MHz          24 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Vop   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fuoco   24 MHz          24 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Vop   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fuoco   16 MHz          16 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Vop   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       LS  low speed main   mode Note 5    fuoco   8 MHz          8 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Voo   3 0 V       Voo   2 0 V       LV  low voltage main   mode Note 5    fHoco
88. 09          85      Resonator connection 1 74 8 28  Ipp3 STOP mode   Ta    40      0 19 0 57                oto  Ta    25      0 25   0 57          50      0 33 2 26          70      0 52 3 99          85      1 46 8 00   Notes and Remarks are listed on the next page    24   N   SAS 16    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             Note 1     Note 2   Note 3   Note 4   Note 5     Note 6   Note 7     Note 8     Remark 1   Remark 2   Remark 3   Remark 4   Remark 5     Total current flowing into         EVppo  and EVpp1  including the input leakage current flowing when the level of the input  pin is fixed to VDD  EVppo  and EVpp1  or Vss  EVsso  and EVss1  The values below the MAX  column include the  peripheral operation current  However  not including the current flowing into the A D converter  D A converter   comparator  LVD circuit  I O port  and on chip pull up pull down resistors and the current flowing during data flash rewrite   During HALT instruction execution by flash memory   When high speed on chip oscillator and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed system clock and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed on chip oscillator and high speed system clock are stopped  When RTCLPC   1 and setting ultra low  current consumption  AMPHS1   1   The current flowing into the RTC is included  However  not including the current  flowing into the 12 bit interval timer and watchdog timer   Not including the current flowing int
89. 1 2   120    tkcy1 2   120       SCKp low level  width    4 0 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   20 pF  Rb   1 4 KQ    tkcy1 2   7    tkcy1 2   50           1 2   50       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  27 V   Co   20 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ    tkcv1 2   10    tkcy1 2   50    tkcv1 2   50       81   setup time   to SCKpt  Note 1    4 0 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   20 pF  Rb   1 4            2 7 V  lt              lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   20 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ       51   hold time   from SCKp1  Note 1    4 0 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   20 pF  Rb   1 4 KQ       2 7 V  lt              lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Co   20 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ       Delay time from  SCKp   to SOp  output Note 1     Notes  Caution  and Remarks are listed on the next page      4 0 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   20 pF  Rb   1 4 KQ             2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Co   20 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ          24   N   SAS                         42    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              7 Communication at different potential  2 5 V  3 V   CSI mode   master mode  SCKp    internal clock output     corresponding CSIOO only      TA    40 to  85       2 7 V  lt  EVDD0   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V     Parameter    81   setup time   to SCKp4  Note 2    Conditions    4 0 V     EVpp
90. 1 45 V        gt                1         control    IVREFO        IVCMPO   gt      other than CoEPOL  1    Digital filter     00B           Q     match         ELC event    COWDE     3 times   0    Both edge  fork 32 2118    detection  fcLk 8   10B  O       018 Sampling clock                 C1FCK1                                              2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 15 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013    Correct     Figure 16 1 Comparator Block Diagram       COFCK1   COFCKO Comparator 0    Sampling clock    CLK 32    Doe    COFCK1   COFCKO    3 times    other than 00B Both edge  detection  ET          COMPO    One edge ELC event  IVCMPO Q9 detection d                         COVRF   0 COWDE  Q      IVREFO INTCMPO  9 4  comparator detection 0 interrupt          1                                    control     Lp  Oveouro                                        COMP1  IVCMP1 o Comparator 1 ELC event    IVREF1 OQ INTCMP1   comparator detection 1 interrupt        Internal reference  voltage  1 45 V        SPDMD             Note   When setting either the COWDE bit or C1WDE bit  or both bits to 1  this switch is turned ON  and the division resistor to generate  the comparison voltage becomes enabled    Remarks       0 1   CnMON  CnVRF  CnWDE  CnENB  Bits in the COMPMDR register   CnFCK1  CnFCKO  CnEDG  CnEPO  Bits in the COMPFIR register    SPDMD            CnOE  CnlE  Bits in the COMPOCR regist
91. 140 to P147    4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   loH1    3 0 mA           0   0 7       2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   loH1    2 0 mA           0   0 6       2 4 V  lt  EVDDO  lt  5 5 V   loH1    1 5 mA           0   0 5       P20 to P27  P150 to P156    2 4 V  lt  VoD  lt  5 5 V   loH2    100 uA             0 5       Output voltage  low    Caution           to P06  P10 to P17  P30   P31  P40 to P47  P50 to P57   P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P130    P140 to P147    4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   loL1   8 5 mA       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   loL1   3 0 mA       2 7 V     EVDDO  lt  5 5 V   loL1   1 5 mA          2 4 V     EVDDO  lt  5 5 V   loL1   0 6 mA       P20 to P27  P150 to P156    2 4 V  lt  VoD  lt  5 5 V   1012   400                  P60 to P63    output high level in N ch open drain mode     Remark       4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   loL3   15 0 mA       4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   loL3   5 0 mA       2 7 V     EVDDO  lt  5 5 V   loL3   3 0 mA             2 4 V                 lt  5 5 V   loL3   2 0 mA    24   N   SAS          POO  P02 to P04  P10  P11  P13 to P15  P17  P30  P43 to P45  P50 to P55  P71  P74  P80 to P82  P142 to P144 do not    Unless specified otherwise  the characteristics of alternate function pins are the same as those of the port pins              RL78 G14        TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V     Input leakage  current  high    CHAPTER 35
92. 21 to P124  P137   0 3 to          0 3 Note 2  P150 to P156  EXCLK  EXCLKS  RESET    Output voltage        to P06  P10 to P17  P30  P31   0 3 to EVppo  0 3   P40 to P47  P50 to P57  P60 to P67  and  0 3 to Vpp  0 3 Note 2  P70 to P77  P80 to P87  P100 to P102   P110  P111  P120  P130  P140 to P147    P20 to P27  P150 to P156  0 3 to          0 3 Note 2                      Analog input voltage ANI16 to ANI20  0 3 to EVppo  0 3   and  0 3 to AVREF     0 3 Notes 2  3  ANIO to ANI14  0 3 to         0 3   and  0 3 to AVREF     0 3 Notes 2  3                      Note 1  Connect the REGC pin to Vss via a capacitor  0 47 to 1 uF   This value regulates the absolute maximum rating of the  REGC pin  Do not use this pin with voltage applied to it    Note 2  Must be 6 5 V or lower    Note 3  Do not exceed                  0 3 V in case of A D conversion target pin     Caution Product quality may suffer if the absolute maximum rating is exceeded even momentarily for any parameter   That is  the absolute maximum ratings are rated values at which the product is on the verge of suffering physical  damage  and therefore the product must be used under conditions that ensure that the absolute maximum  ratings are not exceeded     Remark 1  Unless specified otherwise  the characteristics of alternate function pins are the same as those of the port pins   Remark 2  AVREF        side reference voltage of the A D converter   Remark 3  Vss  Reference voltage       24   N   SAS 2    RL78 G14 CHAPTER
93. 27  P121 to P124  P137   0 3 to          0 3 Note 2  P150 to P156  EXCLK  EXCLKS  RESET    Output voltage        to P06  P10 to P17  P30  P31   0 3 to EVppo  0 3   P40 to P47  P50 to P57  P60 to P67  and  0 3 to Vpp  0 3 Note 2  P70 to P77  P80 to P87  P100 to P102   P110  P111  P120  P130  P140 to P147    P20 to P27  P150 to P156  0 3 to          0 3 Note 2                      Analog input voltage ANI16 to ANI20  0 3 to EVppo  0 3   and  0 3 to AVREF     0 3 Notes 2  3  ANIO to ANI14  0 3 to         0 3   and  0 3 to AVREF     0 3 Notes 2  3                      Note 1  Connect the REGC pin to Vss via a capacitor  0 47 to 1 uF   This value regulates the absolute maximum rating of the  REGC pin  Do not use this pin with voltage applied to it    Note 2  Must be 6 5 V or lower    Note 3  Do not exceed                  0 3 V in case of A D conversion target pin     Caution Product quality may suffer if the absolute maximum rating is exceeded even momentarily for any parameter   That is  the absolute maximum ratings are rated values at which the product is on the verge of suffering physical  damage  and therefore the product must be used under conditions that ensure that the absolute maximum  ratings are not exceeded     Remark 1  Unless specified otherwise  the characteristics of alternate function pins are the same as those of the port pins   Remark 2  AVREF        side reference voltage of the A D converter   Remark 3  Vss  Reference voltage       24   N   SAS 2    RL78 G14 C
94. 3 re      Note  Set the same value as 000C2H to 010C2H when the boot swap operation is used          a METTE   because 000C2H is replaced by 010C2H   Other than above    Note  Set the same value as 000C2H to 010C2H when the boot swap operation is used  because 000C2H is replaced by 010C2H   Caution  Be sure to set bit 5 to 1 and bit 4 to 0                                       c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 35 of 50    132   NE   SAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E    26  34 4 1 Pin characteristics  Incorrect   Fixed typo in Note 3 in pages 1181 and 1182    ages 1181  1182    27  34 4 2 Supply current characteristics  pages 1186 to 1195  Incorrect     Fixed typo in Notes and typical values of IDD2 and IDD3 in pages 1186 to 1195    28  34 5 AC Characteristics  Old   Specifications of the external system clock frequency and external system clock input  high level width  low level width in page 1196 to 1197 extended    ages 1196  1197    29  34 6 1 Serial array unit  Incorrect   Fixed typo in 34 6 1 Serial array unit in pages 1198 to 1221    ages 1198 to 1221    30  34 6 2 Serial Interface         page 1222     Incorrect   Fixed typo in 34 6 2 Serial interface             page 1222    31  34 7 1 A D converter characteristics  pages 1223 to 1226  Old     Specifications of    34 7 1 A D converter characteristics  in pages 1223 to 1226 extended    32  34 7 2 Temperature Sensor Internal Reference Voltage    Characteristics  page 1227  
95. 5    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              8 Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   CSI mode   master mode  SCKp    internal clock    output              40 to  85       1 8 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V     Parameter    Slp setup time   to SCKp   Note 1    Conditions    4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb x 4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4         HS  high speed main   mode    LS  low speed main   mode    LV  low voltage main     mode       MIN  MAX     MIN  MAX     MIN     MAX      3 3        2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7            1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V Note 2   C     30 pF  Rb   5 5            SIp hold time   from SCKp   Note 1    4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb x 4 0 V   Cb        pF  Rb   1 4            2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7            1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V Note 2   Cb   30 pF  Rb   5 5            Delay time from SCKp1  to SOp output Note 1    Note 1   Note 2     Caution    4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4            2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7                  1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V Note 2   C     30 pF  Rb   5 5               When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  o
96. 6 MHz   1 0  0 9 feu 105 2 27   1 53     9          12 MHz   1 0   9        7 1 60   2 19    8 MHz   1 0  099  fees 105 2 27   1 53    6 MHz   1 0  099          79 1 60   2 19   05    4 MHz   1 0   99 1    3 MHz   1 0  09  fata 79 1 60   2 19   2 MHz   1 0  099  KIZ 105 2 27   1 54   1 MHz   1 0         1025 105 2 27   1 57              When the high speed on chip oscillator clock accuracy is at     1 5  or 2 0   the   acceptable range is limited as follows            1 5   Subtract 0 5  from the maximum acceptable value of fin   1 0   and  add 0 5  to the minimum acceptable value of fiu   1 0       fiu   2 0   Subtract 1 0  from the maximum acceptable value of fin   1 0   and  add 1 0  to the minimum acceptable value of fiu   1 0      Remarks  Maximum and minimum acceptable values in the above table are the baud rate  acceptable values in UART reception  Make sure to set the baud rate for  transmission within this range         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 33 of 50    132   NE   SAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013    22  23 2 2 STOP Mode  page 1050  1052     Refer to No 37  pages 38 to 40  in this document        23  23 2 3 SNOOZE Mode  page 1055     Refer to No 37  page 42  in this document     24  27 3 6 Invalid memory access detection function  page 1105    Refer to No 38  page 48  in this document         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 34 of 50    132   NE   SAS   
97. 66 tkcy2 2   66 tkcy2 2   66 ns  1 6V lt EVpp0  lt  5 5 V     tkcy2 2   66 tkcv2 2   66 ns  Slp setup time   tsik2 2 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V 1           20 1           30 1           30 ns  CM 1 8 V  lt                 5 5 V 1           30 1           30 1           30 ns  1 7 V  lt                 5 5 V 1           40 1           40 1           40 ns  1 6 V  lt              lt  5 5 V     1           40 1           40   5  Slp hold time tksi2 1 8 V  lt EVpp0     5 5 V 1 fuck   31 1           31 1           31 ns  fi SCK  al en 1 7 V  lt                 5 5 V 1           250 1           250 1           250 ns  1 6 V  lt                 5 5 V     1           250 1           250 ns  Delay time tkso2 C   30 pF Note 4 2 7 V  lt EVpp0     5 5 V 2 fuick 2 fuck 2           ns  from SCKp  to  44   110   110  em 2 4 V  lt EVpp0 5 5 V 2         2         2           ns     75  110  110  1 8 V  lt                 5 5 V 2         2         2           ns    100   110   110  1 7 V  lt EVpp0 5 5 V 2         2         2           ns    220   220   220  1 6 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V     2         2           ns    220   220                                  Note 1  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The Slp setup time becomes  to SCKp   when  DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Note 2  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and              1  The Slip hold time becomes  from SCKp   when  DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    
98. 68 kHz Note 5   TA    105         Square wave input          Resonator connection             STOP mode  Note 8            40 C               25                    50                    70                    85                       105          Notes and Remarks are listed on the next page                        24   N   SAS    16    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             Note 1     Note 2   Note 3   Note 4   Note 5     Note 6   Note 7     Note 8     Remark 1   Remark 2   Remark 3   Remark 4   Remark 5     Total current flowing into         EVppo  and EVDp1  including the input leakage current flowing when the level of the input  pin is fixed to VDD  EVppo  and EVpp1  or Vss  EVsso  and EVss1  The values below the MAX  column include the  peripheral operation current  However  not including the current flowing into the A D converter  D A converter   comparator  LVD circuit  I O port  and on chip pull up pull down resistors and the current flowing during data flash rewrite   During HALT instruction execution by flash memory   When high speed on chip oscillator and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed system clock and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed on chip oscillator and high speed system clock are stopped  When RTCLPC   1 and setting ultra low  current consumption  AMPHS1   1   The current flowing into the RTC is included  However  not including the current  flowing into the 12 bit interval timer and watchdog
99. 7                   lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V            lt        lt  2 7          Theoretical value of the 1 2 Note 4 1 2 Note 4 1 2 Note 4  maximum transfer rate  Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7        Vb   2 3 V           8 V     EVppo  lt  3 3 V  Notes 5  6 Notes 5  6 Notes 5  6  6V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0        Theoretical value of the 0 43 Note 7 0 43 Note 7 0 43 Note 7  maximum transfer rate  Cb   50 pF  Rb   5 5        Vb   1 6                                          Note 1  The smaller maximum transfer rate derived by using fMck 6 or the following expression is the valid maximum transfer rate   Expression for calculating the transfer rate when 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V and 2 7 V Vb  lt  4 0 V  1  Maximum transfer rate                                                                         bps     Cb x Rb x In  1  m  Vb              HR      Transfer rate x 2 Vb    Baud rate error  theoretical value                                                                                                                      x 100  96     1                                     Number of transferred bits  Transfer rate      This value is the theoretical value of the relative difference between the transmission and reception sides    Note 2  This value as an example is calculated when the conditions described in the  Conditions  column are met   Refer to Note 1 above to calculate the maximum transfer rate under conditions of the customer    Note 3  The smaller maximum transfer rate derived by using  
100. 71  P74  P80 to P82  and P142 to P144  do not output high level in N ch open drain mode     Unless specified otherwise  the characteristics of alternate function pins are the same as those of the port pins        2tENESAS 5    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso       551   0 V   2 5   Conditions    Output current  low Note 1 Per pin for        to P06    P10 to P17  P30  P31    P40 to P47  P50 to P57    P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P130  P140 to P147    Per pin for P60 to P63          Total of POO to P04  P40 to PA7   4 0V  EVppox 5 5 V  P102  P120  P130  P140 to P145  57     lt              lt  4 0 V   When duty  lt  70  Note 3           2 4 V x             lt  2 7 V  Total of P05  P06  P10 to P17  4 0VxEVppox5 5V          P30  P31  P50 to P57  27 V    EVDDo     4 0 V  P60 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100  P101  P110   P111  P146  P147    When duty    70  Note 3           2 4 V  lt              lt  2 7 V       Total of all pins   When duty  lt  70  Note 3     Per pin for P20 to P27   P150 to P156          Total of all pins 24V      Vpp   55 V   When duty  lt  70  Note 3                             Note 1  Value of current at which the device operation is guaranteed even if the current flows from an output pin to the EVsso   EVss1  and Vss pins    Note 2  However  do not exceed the total current valu
101. 8 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V 200 200       1 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V 400 400       1 6 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V     400 400       DAPmn   1   2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V          120          120 1           120       1 8 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V  fuck   200            200 1           200       1 7 V  lt                5 5 V          400            400 1           400       1 6 V  lt  EVpp0  lt  5 5 V     1           400 1 fuck   400       SSIOO hold time 2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V          120          120 1           120       1 8 V  lt  EVppo     5 5 V fuck   200          200 1           200             1 7 V  lt EVpp0     5 5 V fuck   400          400 1           400       1 6 V  lt  EVbpo  lt  5 5 V     1           400 1 fuck   400       DAPmn   1   2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V 120 120       1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V 200       1 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V 400       1 6 V  lt              lt  5 5 V 400                                     Caution Select the normal input buffer for the      pin and SCKp        and the normal output mode for the SOp pin by using  port input mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg      Remark p  CSI number       00   m  Unit number  m   0   n  Channel number  n   0   g  PIM number  g   3  5     CSI mode connection diagram  during communication at same potential     SCKp SCK          RL78 microcontroller 51   SO Users device    SOp SI          CSI mode connection diagram  during communication at same potential    Sla
102. ADREFP1   1  ADREFPO   0   reference voltage        AVREFM ANI1  ADREFM   1   target pin  ANIO  ANI2 to ANI14  ANI16 to ANI20     TA    40 to  85       2 4 V  lt  VpD  lt  5 5 V  1 6 V  lt  EVpp   EVDD1  lt  VDD  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V  Reference voltage       VBGR Note 3  Reference voltage       AVREFM   0 V Note 4  HS  high speed main  mode   Parameter Conditions    Resolution       Conversion time 8 bit resolution 24VxVppx5 5V 39       Zero scale error Notes 1 2 8 bit resolution 2 4V lt Vpp lt 5 5V  0 60       Integral linearity error Note 1 8 bit resolution 2 4 V  lt  Vpop  lt  5 5 V  2 0       Differential linearity error Note 1 8 bit resolution 2 4 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  1 0          Analog input voltage VBGR Note 3                         Note 1  Excludes quantization error   1 2 LSB    Note 2  This value is indicated as a ratio    FSR  to the full scale value   Note 3  Refer to 34 6 2 Temperature sensor characteristics internal reference voltage characteristic     Note 4  When reference voltage       Vss  the MAX  values are as follows   Zero scale error  Add  0 35 FSR to the MAX  value when reference voltage       AVREFM   Integral linearity error  Add x0 5 LSB to the MAX  value when reference voltage       AVREFM   Differential linearity error  Add x0 2 LSB to the MAX  value when reference voltage       AVREFM        34   NC   SAS 62    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             34 6 2 Temperature sensor characteristics inter
103. APTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             CSI mode serial transfer timing  master mode   during communication at different potential    When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1      tKcv1             SCKp             tsiK1 tksi1                   51   Input data                   SOp Output data       CSI mode serial transfer timing  master mode   during communication at different potential    When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0      tKcv1          SCKp                        SOp Output data    Remark 1  p  CSI number  p   00  01  10  20  30  31   m  Unit number  m   0  1   n  Channel number  n   0 to 3    9  PIM and POM number  g   0  1  3 to 5  14    Remark 2  CSIO1 of 48   52   64 pin products  and CSI11 and CSI21 cannot communicate at different potential  Use other CSI for  communication at different potential        24   N   SAS 48    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              9  Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   CSI mode   slave mode  SCKp    external clock    input      TA    40 to  85       1 8 V  lt  EVDD0   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso       551   0 V     HS  high speed  main  mode    MIN     Parameter    SCKp cycle time  Note 1    Conditions    4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V    24 MHz  lt  fuck    LS  low speed  main  mode    LV  low voltage  main  mode       14 fuck    MAX     MAX     MAX             20 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  24 MHz
104. At this time  make sure to clear bit 2  AWC   0     SNOOZE mode release  in A D converter mode register 2  ADM2  to 0  If the AWC bit is left set to 1  A D conversion will    not start normally in subsequent SNOOZE or normal operation mode         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 23 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013    13  Explanations when using temperature sensor and internal reference voltage  1 45 V  of the  AID test function in the Safety functions chapter added    Explanation of 14 7 4 Setup when using temperature sensor added  page 655     Incorrect     14 7 4 Setup when using temperature sensor  example for software trigger mode and one shot conversion mode     Figure 14 35  Setup When Using Temperature Sensor   Omitted   Note Depending on the settings of the ADRCK bit and ADUL ADLL register  there is a possibility of no interrupt signal    being generated  In this case  the results are not stored in the ADCR  ADCRH registers     Correct     14 7 4 Setup when using temperature sensor  example for software trigger mode and one shot conversion mode     Figure 14 35  Setup When Using Temperature Sensor   Omitted   Note Depending on the settings of the ADRCK bit and ADUL ADLL register  interrupt signals may not be generated   this case  the results are not stored in ADCR and ADCRH registers     Caution This setting can be selected only in HS  high speed main  mode         c  2013  Renesas Ele
105. CAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E     c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved     Page 47 of 50  RENESAS    Date  October    2013     3  When LVD is in reset mode  option byte 000C 1H LVIMDS1  LVIMDSO   1  1     Supply voltage                                     Operating voltage range lower limit V  VPOR   1 51 V  TYP      Veor   1 50 V  TYP    ov      Wait for oscillation    Wait for oscillation    T Note 3   i Wait for oscillation    accuracy stabilization r    accuracy stabilization   1   accuracy stabilization    High speed on chip                                      oscillator clock  fiH  t   i    Starting oscillation is   Starting oscillatjon is Tow   Starting oscillation js        Specified by software                by software UNDE   specified by software  High speed system    H f    WE  clock          n     when X1 oscillation        Normal operation    Reset period  Normal operation Reset period H  is selected  i i  high speed on chip  818001    high speed on chip        oscilation stops       Note 2 910  5                                                                          Normal operation   high speed on chip  oscillator clock  Note 2   TN   Note 4  Ha at  i FN Note 4     V 1 LVD reset processing time  id   Ox   LVD reset processing time     1 i   ix      Voltage stabilization wait time   POR processing time    LV    1 64 ms  TYP    3 10 ms  max        oscillator clock     2 od   EENEN  Note 2   CPU Operation stops         oscillator clock   
106. D  lt  5 5 V   LV  low voltage main  mode  4 MHz  1 6 V  lt  Vpb  lt  5 5 V     Select the TTL input buffer for the RxDq pin and the N ch open drain output  Voo tolerance  When 30  to 52 pin  products  EVpp tolerance  When 64  to 100 pin products   mode for the TxDq      by using port input mode  register g  PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg   For      and       see the DC characteristics with TTL  input buffer selected     Vb  V   Communication line voltage       UART number  q   0 to 3   g  PIM and POM number  g   0  1  5  14    fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency    Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number    n  Channel number  mn   00 to 03  10 to 13    UART2 cannot communicate at different potential when bit 1  PIORO1  of peripheral I O redirection register 0  PIORO  is  1        24   N   SAS 38    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              6 Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   UART mode    TA    40 to  85       1 6 V x              EVDD1 x VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V   2 2     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main    LS  low speed main    LV  low voltage main   mode mode mode       MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX     Transfer transmission   4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   rate 27V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V       Theoretical value of the 2 8 Note 2 2 8 Note 2 2 8 Note 2  maximum transfer rate         50 pF  Rb   1 4        Vb   2 
107. DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Caution Select the TTL input buffer for the Sip pin and SCKp pin  and the N ch open drain output         tolerance  When  30  to 52 pin products  EVpp tolerance  when 64  to 100      products   mode for the SOp pin by using port input  mode register     PIMg  and port output mode register     POMg   For Vin and ViL  see the DC characteristics with  TTL input buffer selected    CSI mode connection diagram  during communication at different potential     Slave   Vb  SCKp  RL78 microcontroller Slp SO Users device  SOp SI   Remark 1  Rb Q   Communication line  SOp  pull up resistance  Ce F   Communication line  SOp  load capacitance   Vb V   Communication line voltage   Remark 2  p  CSI number  p   00  01  10  20  30  31   m  Unit number  m   0  1   n  Channel number  n   0 to 3    9  PIM and POM number  g   0  1  3 to 5  14    Remark 3  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn     m  Unit number  n  Channel number  mn   00  01  02  10  12  13    Remark 4  CSIO1 of 48   52   64 pin products  and CSI11 and CSI21 cannot communicate at different potential  Use other CSI for    communication at different potential   Also  communication at different potential cannot be performed during clock synchronous serial communication with the  slave select function        24   N   SAS 50    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             CSI mode se
108. DLE 10 bit resolution 1 8 V  lt                lt  5 5 V  1 5 LSB                Von     3 1 6 V  lt               lt  5 5 V Note 4  20   LSB  Analog input voltage Van   ANI2 to ANI14 0 AVREFP V  Internal reference voltage         Note 5 V   2 4 V  lt          lt  5 5 V  HS  high speed main  mode   Temperature sensor output voltage V1MPs25 Note 5 V   2 4 V  lt          lt  5 5 V  HS  high speed main  mode                 Note 1  Excludes quantization error   1 2 LSB     Note 2  This value is indicated as a ratio     FSR  to the full scale value    Note 3  When AVREFP  lt  VDD  the MAX  values are as follows   Overall error  Add  1 0 LSB to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD   Zero scale error Full scale error  Add  0 05 FSR to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD   Integral linearity error  Differential linearity error  Add  0 5 LSB to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD    Note 4  Values when the conversion time is set to 57 us  min   and 95 us  max      Note 5  Refer to 34 6 2 Temperature sensor characteristics internal reference voltage characteristic        24   N   SAS 59    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              2 When reference voltage       AVREFP ANIO  ADREFP1   0  ADREFPO   1   reference voltage        AVREFM ANH  ADREFM   1   target pin  ANI16 to ANI20             40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVpDo   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  1 6 V  lt  AVREFP  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V   Reference voltage       AVREFP  Refere
109. Date  Oct    2013    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE    1753  Shimonumabe  Nakahara ku  Kawasaki shi  Kanagawa 211 8668 Japan  Renesas Electronics Corporation    Product MPU MCU Document  Category No     TN RL  A004C E   Rev    3 00       Correction for Incorrect Description Notice RL78 G14 Information    Title Descriptions in the User   s Manual  Hardware Rev  1 00 Technical Notification  Changed Category       Lot No     Applicable   RL78 G14 Group Reference  Product   R5F104xxx       RL78 G14 User   s Manual  Hardware  D t Rev 1 00  All lots ocumen    RO1UHO186EJO100  Dec  2011                    This document describes misstatements found in the RL78 User s Manual  Hardware Rev 1 00  RO1UH0186EJ0100      Corrections    Applicable Item Applicable Page    Incorrect descriptions of reset processing time standby mode Pages 1049  1052 to    p p 9 y 1055  1060  1061  Incorrect descriptions revised  release time 1072  1073    27 3 6 Invalid memory access detection function Page 1105 Incorrect descriptions revised  Cautions of flash memory programming by self programming   Page 1142 Incorrect descriptions revised    Document Improvement    The above corrections will be made for the next revision of the User s Manual  Hardware         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 1 of 50    zENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October    2013    Corrections in the User s Manual  Hardware       Corrections and Applicable Items Pages in this  No   
110. E2  LV  low voltage main  mode 1to 4 MHz 1 6 to 5 5 V  LS  low speed main  mode 1to 8 MHz 1 8 to 5 5 V  1 to 16 MHz 2 4t0 5 5 V  S  high speed main  mode  1 to 32 MHz 2 7 to 5 5 V    2  Set the HOCODIV register while the high speed on chip oscillator clock  fiu  is selected as the CPU peripheral                hardware clock              3  After the frequency has been changed using the HOCODIV register and the following transition time has been  elapsed  the frequency is switched     The device operates at the frequency for the duration of 3 clocks before the frequency has been changed     The CPU peripheral hardware clock waits for maximum 3 clocks at the frequency after the frequency has been    changed         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 17 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013    9  Incorrect descriptions of reset processing time standby mode release time revised    Incorrect descriptions of HALT mode release time revised  page 1048  Incorrect     Figure 23 3 HALT Mode Release by Interrupt Request Generation       Interrupt  HALT request    instruction  Standby      release signal i    Status of CPU Operating mede HALT mode 1  Wait Noe di Operating mode    Oscillation                            High speed system clock   High speed on chip oscillator clock   or subsystem clock       Note Wait time for HALT mode release    e When vectored interrupt servicing is not carried ou    Main system c
111. EV               lt  5 5 V                          1013   1 0 mA       Caution P00  P02 to P04  P10  P11  P13 to P15  P17  P30  P43 to P45  P50 to P55  P71  P74  P80 to P82  P142 to P144 do not  output high level in N ch open drain mode     Remark Unless specified otherwise  the characteristics of alternate function pins are the same as those of the port pins        24   N   SAS 8    RL78 G14        TA    40 to  85       1 6 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V     Input leakage  current  high    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85          Conditions           to P06  P10 to P17  P30   P31  P40 to P47  P50 to P57   P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P140 to P147    Vi                    P20 to P27  P137  P150 to P156   RESET       P121 to P124   X1  X2  EXCLK  XT1  XT2   EXCLKS     In input port or  external clock  input          In resonator  connection       Input leakage  current  low           to P06  P10 to P17  P30   P31  P40 to P47  P50 to P57   P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P140 to P147    Vi   EVsso       P20 to P27  P137  P150 to P156   RESET       P121 to P124   X1  X2  EXCLK  XT1  XT2   EXCLKS     In input port or  external clock  input          In resonator  connection       On chip pull up  resistance    Remark                    to P06  P10 to P17  P30   P31  P40 to P47  P50 to P57   P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P10
112. EVbppo  lt  5 5 V            gt  3 5 MHz       1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V          Setup time of restart tsu sta   2 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V  condition       1 8 V  lt              lt  5 5 V       Hold time Note 1 tHD sTA   2 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V       1 8 V  lt              lt  5 5 V       Hold time when SCLAO      L    2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V       1 8 V  lt              lt  5 5 V       Hold time when SCLAO            2 7 V   EVppo  lt  5 5 V       1 8 V  lt              lt  5 5 V       Data setup time  reception                    2 7     lt              lt  5 5 V       1 8 V  lt EVpp0  lt  5 5 V       Data hold time  transmission    tHD           2 7 V  lt          0  lt  5 5 V  Note 2       1 8 V  lt EVpp0  lt  5 5 V       Setup time of stop condition   tsu sto   2 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V       1 8 V  lt              lt  5 5 V       Bus free time 2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V                                  1 8 V  lt              lt  5 5 V       Note 1  The first clock pulse is generated after this period when the start restart condition is detected   Note 2  The maximum value  MAX   of tHD  DAT is during normal transfer and a wait state is inserted in the ACK  acknowledge   timing     Caution The values in the above table are applied even when bit 2  PIORO2  in the peripheral I O redirection register 0   PIORO  is 1  At this time  the pin characteristics  loH1  loL1            VoL1  must satisfy the values in the redirect  destination     Rem
113. EVppo  lt  3 3 V  1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V Note 2    1 fuck    30    1 fuck    30    1 fuck    30       Slp hold time     from SCKpT   Note 4    1 fuck    31    1 fuck    31    1 fuck   31       Delay time from             to SOp  output Note 5    4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4         2            120    2            573    2            573       2 7 V  lt               lt  4 0 V  2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7         2            214    2            573    2            573             1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V  1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V Note 2   Cb   30 pF  Rv   5 5          Notes  Cautions  and Remarks are listed on the next page            2            573       2            573          2            573                                     49                      RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85         Note 1  Transfer rate in the SNOOZE mode  MAX  1 Mbps   Note 2  Use it with             gt  Vb    Note 3  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The Slp setup time becomes  to SCKp   when  DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Note 4  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The Slip hold time becomes  from SCKp   when  DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Note 5  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The delay time to SOp output becomes  from  SCKp1  when DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or 
114. F  Rb   2 7            2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V x Vb  lt  2 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   5 5            Delay time from SCKp  to SOp output Note 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vo  lt  4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4 KQ       2 7 V                 lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7            2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   5 5                           Note When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1     Caution Select the TTL input buffer for the Sip pin and the N ch open drain output         tolerance  When 30  to 52 pin  products  EVpp tolerance  When 64  to 100 pin products   mode for the SOp pin and SCKp pin by using port  input mode register     PIMg  and port output mode register     POMg   For      and ViL  see the DC characteristics  with TTL input buffer selected      Remarks are listed on the page after the next page         24   N   SAS 38    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              6  Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   CSI mode   master mode  SCKp    internal clock  output    TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt  EVDDo   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   3 3     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main  mode       MIN  MAX     Slp setup time  to SCKp   Note 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vo  lt  4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4 KQ       2 7 V     EVDpo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 
115. FFFH     12288 x 8 bit   FCFOOH to FFEFFH     20000H                   R5F104xG   x  A toC  E to G  J  L  M  P     131072 x 8 bit   00000H to 1FFFFH     16384 x 8 bit   FBFOOH to FFEFFH     20000H              c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved     Page 49 of 50  132   NE   SAS    R5F104xH       E to G  J  L  M  P     196608 x 8 bit   00000H to 2FFFFH     20480 x 8 bit   FAFOOH to FFEFFH     30000H          R5F104xJ   x  F  G  J  L  M  P        262144 x 8 bit   00000H to 3FFFFH        24576 x 8 bit     9         to FFEFFH        40000H             RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E    39  Cautions of flash memory programming by self programming  added  page 1142     Incorrect   30 7 Flash Memory Programming by Self Programming     Omitted     Caution 1  The self programming function cannot be used when the CPU operates with the    subsystem clock   Caution 2  To prohibit an interrupt during self programming  in the same way as in the normal    operation mode  execute the self programming library in the state where the IE flag  is cleared  0  by the DI instruction  To enable an interrupt  clear  0  the interrupt  mask flag to accept in the state where the IE flag is set  1  by the El instruction  and  then execute the self programming library    Caution 3  When enabling RAM parity error resets  RPERDIS   0   be sure to initialize the    RAM area to use   10 bytes before overwriting      c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserv
116. HAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             Absolute Maximum Ratings  2 2   Parameter Symbols Conditions Ratings   Output current  high Per pin        to P06  P10 to P17  P30  P31  P40 to P47    P50 to P57  P64 to P67  P70 to P77  P80 to P87    P100 to P102  P110  P111  P120  P130    P140 to P147   Total of all   POO to P04  P40 to P47  P102  P120  P130    pins P140 to P145    170        POs  POG  P10 to P17  P30  P31  P50 to P57    P64 to P67  P70 to P77  P80 to P87  P100  P101    P110  P111  P146  P147    Per pin P20 to P27  P150 to P156                   Total of all  pins  Output current  low Per pin        to P06  P10 to P17  P30  P31  P40 to P47   P50 to P57  P64 to P67  P70 to P77  P80 to P87   P100 to P102  P110  P111  P120  P130    P140 to P147    Total of all   POO to P04  P40 to P47  P102  P120  P130   pins P140 to P145    170        pos  poe  P10 to P17  P30  P31  P50 to P57   P60 to P67  P70 to P77  P80 to P87  P100  P101   P110  P411  P146  P147    Per pin P20 to P27  P150 to P156                      Total of all  pins          Operating ambient In normal operation mode  40 to  85  temperature       In flash memory programming mode                      Storage temperature  65 to  150    Caution Product quality may suffer if the absolute maximum rating is exceeded even momentarily for any parameter   That is  the absolute maximum ratings are rated values at which the product is on the verge of suffering physical  damage  and therefore 
117. IFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             CSI mode serial transfer timing  slave mode   during communication at different potential    When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1      tKCY2       tKL2 tKH2          SCKp       tsik2 gil tksi2              Slp Input data                   SOp Output data       CSI mode serial transfer timing  slave mode   during communication at different potential    When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0                                               tKcv2    a tKH2 res tKL2  SCKp  tsik2 RN tKsi2    Sip Input data     tKso2  SOp Output data       Remark 1  p  CSI number  p   00  01  10  20  30  31   m  Unit number  m   0  1   n  Channel number  n   0 to 3      9  PIM and POM number  g   0  1  3 to 5  14   Remark 2  CSIO1 of 48   52   64 pin products  and CSI11 and CSI21 cannot communicate at different potential  Use other CSI for    communication at different potential   Also  communication at different potential cannot be performed during clock synchronous serial communication with the    slave select function        24   N   SAS 44    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA 7  40 to  105              8 Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   simplified I2C mode    TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt  EVppo   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   1 2     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main  mode       MIN  MAX        SCLr clock frequency fscL 4 0 V  lt  EVppo
118. Incorrect   Fixed typo in 34 7 2 Temperature Sensor Internal Reference Voltage Characteristics in page    1227    33  34 7 5 POR circuit characteristics  Incorrect   Fixed typo in 34 7 5 POR circuit characteristics in page 1228    age 1228    Page 36 of 50  132   NE   SAS     c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved     Date  October    2013    Correct   Refer to pages 5 and 6 in Technical Update Exhibit    Chapter 34 ELECTRICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  Ta    40 to   85  C         Correct   Refer to pages 10 to 16 in Technical Update Exhibit    Chapter 34 ELECTRICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  Ta    40 to   85  C         New   Refer to page 20 in Technical Update Exhibit    Chapter 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A   D  Ta    40 to   85  C         Correct   Refer to pages 27 to 54 in Technical Update Exhibit    Chapter 34 ELECTRICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to   85  C         Correct   Refer to pages 55 to 58 in Technical Update Exhibit    Chapter 34 ELECTRICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  Ta    40 to   85             New   Refer to pages 59 to 62 in Technical Update Exhibit    Chapter 34 ELECTRICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  Ta    40 to   85  C         Correct   Refer to page 63 in Technical Update Exhibit    Chapter 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS   A  D  TA    40 to   85             Correct   Refer to page 64 in Technical Update Exhibit    Chapter 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS   A  D  TA    40 to   85                RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  Octobe
119. L SPECIFICATIONS              40 to  105             CSI mode serial transfer timing  during communication at same potential    When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1      tKCY1  2    tKL1  2 tKH1  2        SCKp       tSIK1  2 tksi1  2                   51   Input data  lt   tKSO1  2  SOp Output data  tssik tkssi  SSI00      100 only     CSI mode serial transfer timing  during communication at same potential    When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0      tKCY1  2       SCKp    51      SOp    tkssi    55100     5100 only           5       is    Remark 1  p  CSI number  p   00  01  10  11  20  21  30  31   Remark 2  m  Unit number  n  Channel number  mn   00 to 03  10 to 13        24   N   SAS 30    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              4  During communication at same potential  simplified 12C mode            40 to  105       2 4 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso       551   0 V     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main  mode       MIN  MAX     SCLr clock frequency 2 7 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V  400 Note 1  Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 kQ       2 4 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V  100 Note 1  Cb   100 pF  Rb      KQ       Hold time when SCLr      L    2 7 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V  1200  Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 kQ       2 4V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  4600  Cb   100 pF  Rb   3 kQ       Hold time when SCLr            2 7 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V  1200  Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 kQ       2 4 V  lt  EVopo  lt  5
120. L VoL    External System Clock Timing    1 fEx  1 fExs               EXCLK EXCLKS    TI TO Timing                         TIOO to           T110 to TI13       1 fro  gt           TOOO0 to           TO10 to TO13   TRJIOO  TRJOO    TRDIOAO  TRDIOA1   TRDIOBO  TRDIOB1   TRDIOCO  TRDIOC1   TRDIODO  TRDIOD1   TRGIOA  TRGIOB       2tENESAS 23    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105                   tTJIH       TRJIO                   tTDIH  TRDIOAO  TRDIOA1  TRDIOBO  TRDIOB1   TRDIOCO  TRDIOC1  TRDIODO  TRDIOD1  trpsiL  INTPO  I trciL   tTGIH             TRGIOA  TRGIOB       2tENESAS 24    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             Interrupt Request Input Timing              tINTL               INTPO to INTP11    Key Interrupt Input Timing              to KR7    RESET Input Timing    tRSL          34   NC   SAS 25    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             35 5 Peripheral Functions Characteristics  AC Timing Test Points    ViH VoH C Test points   ViH VoH  ViL VoL      ViL VoL    35 5 1 Serial array unit     1  During communication at same potential  UART mode            40 to  105   C  2 4 V  lt  EVppo   EVpp1  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main  Mode       MIN  MAX     Transfer rate Note 1 2 4 V  lt              lt  5 5 V         12 Note 2       Theoretical value of the maximum transfer rate 2 6                    Note 3       
121. LVIMDSO   1  0     Supply voltage  Prob  i    Operating voltage range lower limit      Von   1 51 V             Veon   1 50 V           ____    1 Wait for oscillation ae    accuracy stabilization       Wait for oscillation Nea     accuracy stabilization i                                                       High speed on chip                  oscillator clock  fiH     Starting oscillation ie T      Starting oscillation is         specified by software   specified by software   f    High speed system                     when   1 oscillation                           Reet pore d Normal operation  ees      high speed on chip       _ oscillator clock  Note 2    is selected  Normal operation   high speed on chip  oscillator clock  Note 2 Operation sions      LVD reset processing time Noe       CPU Operation stops       NE LVD reset processing lime Note 5    Voltage stabilization wait time   POR processing time   1 64 ms  TYP    3 10 ms  max      0 Voltage  stabilization wait time   POR processing time     1 64 ms            3 10 ms  max      Internal reset signal    INTLVI        Omitted    Note 5  Before the MCU starts normal operation  it requires the voltage stabilization wait time    POR processing time after the voltage reaches VPOR  1 51 V  TYP    and also  requires the following  LVD reset processing time  after the voltage reaches the LVD  detection level  VLvpH     LVD reset processing time  0 ms  TYP   to 0 0701 ms  max       Go on to the next page        RENESAS TECHNI
122. Note 3  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The delay time to SOp output becomes  from  SCKp1  when DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Note 4  C is the load capacitance of the SOp output lines    Note 5  The maximum transfer rate when using the SNOOZE mode is 1 Mbps     Caution Select the normal input buffer for the      pin and SCKp pin and the normal output mode for the SOp pin by using  port input mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg         ztENESAS 31    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             Remark 1  p  CSI number  p   00  01  10  11  20  21  30  31   m  Unit number  m   0  1    n  Channel number  n   0 to 3   g  PIM number  g   0  1  3 to 5  14    Remark 2  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number   n  Channel number  mn   00 to 03  10 to 13         34   NC   SAS 32    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              4  During communication at same potential  CSI mode   slave mode  SCKp    external clock input    TA    40 to  85       1 6 V x              EVDD1 x VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V   2 2     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main    LS  low speed main    LV  low voltage main   mode mode mode       MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX     55100 setup time DAPmn   0   2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V 120 120       1 
123. Other than the above Setting prohibited       Correct    1  A D test register  ADTES   Figure 27 15  Format of A D Test Register  ADTES     Address  F0013H After reset  00H R W  Symbol 7 6 5    4 3 2 1 0  ADTES1 ADTESO A D conversion target    0 0 ANIxx  This is specified using the analog input channel specification register  ADS         1 0 AVREFM             1 1 AVREFP       Other than the above Setting prohibited    Note The temperature sensor output and internal reference voltage output  1 45 V  can be selected only in HS     high speed main  mode         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 28 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October    2013    17  Explanations of the data flash in the Flash memory chapter added  page 1133    Incorrect   An overview of the data flash memory is provided below   e The data flash memory can be written to by using the flash memory programmer or an external device  e Programming is performed in 8 bit units  e Blocks can be deleted in 1 KB units  The only access by CPU instructions is byte reading  reading  four clock cycles    Omitted   e Manipulating the DFLCTL register is not possible while rewriting the data flash memory    e When data flash is accessed  the CPU waits for three clock cycles    Correct     An overview of the data flash memory is provided below  For details about how to rewrite the data flash memory  refer to    RL78 Family Flash Data Library User s Manual   The 
124. P   VDD   Zero scale error Full scale error  Add  0 05 FSR to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD     Integral linearity error  Differential linearity error  Add  0 5 LSB to the MAX  value when                VDD   Note 4  When              lt              lt  VoD  the MAX  values are as follows    Overall error  Add  4 0 LSB to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD    Zero scale error Full scale error  Add  0 20 FSR to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD    Integral linearity error  Differential linearity error  Add  2 0 LSB to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD   Note 5  When the conversion time is set to 57 us  min   and 95 us  max             24   N   SAS 60    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              3  When reference voltage               ADREFP1   0  ADREFPO   0   reference voltage       Vss  ADREFM   0    target pin  ANIO to ANI14  ANI16 to      20  internal reference voltage  and temperature sensor output  voltage             40 to  85   C  1 6 V  lt              EVDD1  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V  Reference voltage       VDD   Reference voltage       Vss   Parameter Conditions    Resolution       Overall error Note 1 10 bit resolution 1 8 V  lt          lt  5 5 V       1 6 V  lt          lt  5 5 V Note 3       Conversion time 10 bit resolution 3 6 V  lt          lt  5 5 V  Target pin  ANIO to ANI14  ANI16 to ANI20       2 7 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       1 8 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5          1 6 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5          1
125. P147    Normal input buffer    0 8 EVDDo     3 5        P01          P04  P10  P14 to P17   P30  P31  P43  P44  P50     TTL input buffer  4 0 V  lt EVpp0  lt  5 5 V       P53 to P55  P80  P81  P142   P143    TTL input buffer  3 3 V  lt              lt  4 0 V    2 0          TTL input buffer  1 6 V x EVppo  lt  3 3 V    1 5       P20 to P27  P150 to P156    0 7 VDD       P60 to P63    0 7     0        6 0       P121 to P124  P137  EXCLK  EXCLKS  RESET    0 8 VDD    VDD       Input voltage  low    Caution           to P06  P10 to P17  P30   P31  P40 to P47  P50 to P57   P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P140 to P147    Normal input buffer    0    0 2                                  P04  P10  P14 to P17   P30  P31  P43  P44  P50     TTL input buffer  4 0 V  lt  EVpp0  lt  5 5 V       P53 to P55  P80  P81  P142   P143    TTL input buffer  3 3 V  lt              lt  4 0 V    0 5          TTL input buffer  1 6 V x EVppo  lt  3 3 V    0 32       P20 to P27  P150 to P156    0 3 VDD       P60 to P63    0 3                        P121 to P124  P137  EXCLK  EXCLKS  RESET       P74  P80 to P82  and P142 to P144 is             even in the N ch open drain mode     Remark       24   N   SAS          0 2 VDD    Unless specified otherwise  the characteristics of alternate function pins are the same as those of the port pins           The maximum value of      of pins P00  P02 to P04  P10  P11  P13 to P15  P17  P30  P43 to P45  P50 to P55  P71     RL78 G14
126. Ri  and status    flags of interrupt sources related to their bits are 0  write O to applicable status flags     Example  To clear the IMFB bit to 0 when bits IMIEA and OVIE are set to 1  interrupt enabled  and the IMIEB  bit is set to O  interrupt disabled    Timer RD Interrupt Enable Register i  TRDIERI     Interrupt enabled      OVIE    IMIED IMIEB f IMIEA    Interrupt disabled    Timer RD Status Register     TRDSRi   Bit to be cleared to 0        UDF OVF IMFD IMFB IMFA    As status flags  OVF  IMFA  corresponding to the bit which is set                                              to 1  interrupt enabled  are 0  write 0 to the IMFB bit      Go on to the next page         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 7 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013     c  When there are bits set to 1  interrupt enabled  in timer RD interrupt enable register i  TRDIERi  and status    flags of interrupt sources related to their bits are 1  write O to these status flags and applicable status flags    at the same time     Example  To clear the IMFB bit to O when the IMIEA bit is set to 1  interrupt enabled  and the IMIEB bit is set    to 0  interrupt disabled      Timer RD Interrupt Enable Register i  TRDIERI     Interrupt disabled    Timer RD Status Register i  TRDSRi   TRDSRi we    As the status flag  IMFA  corresponding to the bit which is set to                                                       1  interrupt enabled
127. S              40 to  105             35 6 2 Temperature sensor characteristics internal reference voltage characteristic             40 to  105       2 4 V  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V  HS  high speed main  mode     Parameter Conditions    Temperature sensor output voltage   VTMPs25   Setting ADS register   80H  TA    25            Internal reference voltage VBGR Setting ADS register   81H       Temperature coefficient Fvtmps   Temperature sensor that depends on the  temperature       Operation stabilization wait time tAMP                         35 6 3 D A converter characteristics     TA    40 to  105   C  2 4 V  lt  EVsso   EVss1  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   Parameter Conditions    Resolution       Overall error Rload   4      24V lt Vpp lt 5 5V  Rload   8 MQ 24     lt          lt  5 5     Settling time Cload   20 pF 2 7 V  lt        lt 5 5    2 4 V  lt  VoD  lt  2 7 V                                                           53    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             35 6 4 Comparator     TA    40 to  105   C  2 4 V  lt  EVppo           1  lt            lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V     Parameter Conditions    Input voltage range EVppo   1 4       EVppo   0 3       Output delay Voo   3 0 V Comparator high speed mode  1 2  Input slew rate  gt  50 mV us standard mode       Comparator high speed mode  2 0  window mode       Comparator low speed mode  3 0 5 0  standard mode         
128. SI21 cannot communicate at different potential  Use other CSI for  communication at different potential        24   N   SAS 41    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              7 Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   CSI mode   slave mode  SCKp    external clock  input    TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main  mode       MIN  MAX     SCKp cycle time Note 1 4 0 V x EVppo  lt  5 5 V  24 MHz  lt  fuck 28          2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V       20 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  24 MHz 24 fMck       8 MHz  lt          lt  20 MHz 20               4 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  8 MHz 16 fuck       fuck  lt  4 MHz 12               2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V  24 MHz  lt  fuck 40 fuck  2 3V lt Vb lt 2 7V       20 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  24 MHz 32               16 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  20 MHz 28               8 MHz  lt          lt  16 MHz 24               4 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  8 MHz 16 fuck       fuck  lt  4 MHz 12               2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V  24 MHz  lt  fuck 96 fuck  1 6    lt        lt  2 0         20 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  24 MHz 72               16 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  20 MHz 64 fMck       8 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  16 MHz 52               4 MHz  lt  fuck  lt  8 MHz 32               fuck  lt  4 MHz 20 fMck          SCKp high  low level       2  tkL2 4 0 V  lt             lt  5 5 V  2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V        2 2   24  width       2 7 V  lt       
129. Total of all pins   When duty  lt  70  Note 3     Per pin for P20 to P27   P150 to P156          Total of all pins 1 6    lt          lt  55V   When duty  lt  70  Note 3                          Value of current at which the device operation is guaranteed even if the current flows from an output pin to the EVsso   EVss1  and Vss pins    However  do not exceed the total current value    Specification under conditions where the duty factor  lt  7096    The output current value that has changed to the duty factor  gt  7096 the duty ratio can be calculated with the following  expression  when changing the duty factor from 70  to            Total output current of pins    loL x 0 7   n x 0 01     Example   Where n   80  and lo    10 0 mA  Total output current of pins    10 0 x 0 7   80 x 0 01    8 7 mA  However  the current that is allowed to flow into one pin does not vary depending on the duty factor   A current higher than the absolute maximum rating must not flow into one pin     Unless specified otherwise  the characteristics of alternate function pins are the same as those of the port pins        24   N   SAS 6    RL78 G14       CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85           TA    40 to  85       1 6 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V     Input voltage  high    Conditions           to P06  P10 to P17  P30   P31  P40 to P47  P50 to P57   P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P140 to 
130. V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7            2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   5 5            Slp hold time  from SCKp   Note 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vo  lt  4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4 KQ       2 7 V     EVDpo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7            2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V x Vb  lt  2 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   5 5            Delay time from SCKpt to SOp output Note 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vo  lt  4 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   1 4 KQ       2 7 V                 lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7            2 4 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   5 5                           Note When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0     Caution Select the TTL input buffer for the      pin and the N ch open drain output         tolerance  When 30  to 52 pin  products  EVpp tolerance  When 64  to 100 pin products   mode for the SOp pin and SCKp pin by using port  input mode register     PIMg  and port output mode register     POMg   For      and     see the DC characteristics  with TTL input buffer selected      Remarks are listed on the next page         24   N   SAS 39                      RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105        CSI mode connection diagram  during communication at different potential    Master   Vb Vb  SCKp  RL78 microcontroller Slp SO Users device  SOp SI   Remar
131. Voo  lt  5 5 V   LV  low voltage main  mode  4 MHz  1 6 V  lt  Vpb  lt  5 5 V     Caution Select the normal input buffer for the RxDq pin and the normal output mode for the TxDq pin by using port input  mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg         24   N   SAS 27    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             UART mode connection diagram  during communication at same potential        TxDq    RL78 microcontroller User s device       RxDq       UART mode bit width  during communication at same potential   reference     1 Transfer rate  High  Low bit width  Baud rate error tolerance          TxDq  RxDq       Remark 1  q  UART number  q   0 to 3   g  PIM and POM number  g   0  1  5  14    Remark 2  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number   n  Channel number  mn   00 to 03  10 to 13         34   NC   SAS 28    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              2  During communication at same potential  CSI mode   master mode  SCKp    internal clock output   corresponding CSIOO only            40 to  85       2 7 V  lt                       1  lt  VoD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso         51   0 V     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed LS  low speed LV  low voltage  main  mode main  mode main  mode       MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX   SCKp cycle time        1  gt  2 fctk   4 0 V  lt  EVbpo  l
132. age  1 45 V              1 Setting prohibited         When ADREFP1 or ADREFPO bit is rewritten  this must be configured in accordance with the following procedures    1  Set ADCE   0  2  Change the values of ADREFP1 and ADREFPO  3  Stabilization wait time  A   4  Set ADCE   1  5  Stabilization wait time  B     he setting i anged to    Us  0 and 1  Aneeds no wait and B   1 us     When ADREFP1 and ADREFPO are set to 1 and 0  respectively  A D conversion cannot be performed on the  temperature sensor output   Be sure to perform A D conversion while ADISS   0     Specification of the SNOOZE mode  Do not use the SNOOZE mode function   Use the SNOOZE mode function              When there is a hardware trigger signal in the STOP mode  the STOP mode is exited  and A D conversion is performed  without operating the CPU  the SNOOZE mode      e The SNOOZE mode function can only be specified when the high speed on chip oscillator clock is selected for the  CPU peripheral hardware clock  fcx   If any other clock is selected  specifying this mode is prohibited     e Using the SNOOZE mode function in the software trigger mode or hardware trigger no wait mode is prohibited   e Using the SNOOZE mode function in the sequential conversion mode is prohibited   Nhe        c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 21 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013    Correct      4  A D converter mode register 2  ADM2      Omitted   ADREFP1
133. ark The maximum value of Cb  communication line capacitance  and the value of Rb  communication line pull up resistor  at  that time in each mode are as follows     Fast mode  Cb   320 pF  Rb   1 1 KQ       24   N   SAS 57    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              3  12C fast mode plus   TA    40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVppo   EVDD1  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed LS  low speed LV  low voltage  main  mode main  mode main  mode    MIN  MAX        SCLAO clock frequency fscL Fast mode plus    2 7 V  lt  EVbpo  lt  5 5 V            gt  10 MHz       Setup time of restart  50  STA 2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  condition       Hold time Note 1 tHD  STA 2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V       Hold time when SCLAO      L           2 7 V  lt               lt  5 5 V       Hold time when SCLAO              tHiGH 2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V       Data setup time  reception   tsu paT  2 7V  lt              lt  5 5 V       Data hold time  transmission    tup par   2 7 V  lt  EVop0  lt  5 5 V  Note 2       Setup time of stop condition       0          2 7 V  lt  EVbppo  lt  5 5 V                               Bus free time tBUF 2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  Note 1  The first clock pulse is generated after this period when the start restart condition is detected   Note 2  The maximum value  MAX   of tHD  DAT is during normal transfer and a wait state is inserted in the ACK  acknowledge   timing     C
134. aution The values in the above table are applied even when bit 2  PIORO2  in the peripheral I O redirection register 0   PIORO  is 1  At this time  the pin characteristics          loL1        1  VoL1  must satisfy the values in the redirect  destination     Note 3  The maximum value of Cb  communication line capacitance  and the value of Rb  communication line pull up resistor  at    that time in each mode are as follows   Fast mode plus  Cb   120 pF  Rb   1 1 kO    IICA serial transfer timing    tLow    SCLAn        tHD  DAT    tHD  STA    SDAAn    Stop Stop  condition condition condition condition       Remark    0 1                         58    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85          34 6 Analog Characteristics    34 6 1    A D converter characteristics    Classification of A D converter characteristics    nes Reference Voltage    ANIO to ANI14    Reference voltage       AVREFP  Reference voltage       AVREFM    Refer to 34 6 1  1         ANI16 to ANI20    Refer to 34 6 1  2         Internal reference voltage    Refer to 34 6 1  1      Reference voltage       VoD  Reference voltage       Vss    Refer to 34 6 1  3         Reference voltage       VBGR  Reference voltage      AVREFM    Refer to 34 6 1  4                  Temperature sensor output voltage        1  When reference voltage       AVREFP ANIO  ADREFP1   0  ADREFPO   1   reference voltage        AVREFM ANI1  ADREFM   1   target pin  ANI2 to ANI14  internal reference voltag
135. b  communication line pull up resistor  at  that time in each mode are as follows   Standard mode  Cb   400 pF  Rb   2 7       Fast mode  Cb   320 pF  Rb   1 1 KQ    IICA serial transfer timing    tLow    SCLAn        tHD  DAT    tHD  STA          SDAAn           pasi       Stop Start Restart Stop  condition condition condition condition    Remark n 0 1       24   N   SAS 48    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105          35 6 Analog Characteristics    35 6 1    A D converter characteristics    Classification of A D converter characteristics    nes Reference Voltage    ANIO to ANI14    Reference voltage       AVREFP  Reference voltage       AVREFM    Refer to 35 6 1  1      Reference voltage       VoD  Reference voltage       Vss    Refer to 35 6 1  3         Reference voltage       VBcR  Reference voltage      AVREFM    Refer to 35 6 1  4         ANI16 to ANI20 Refer to 35 6 1  2            Internal reference voltage  Temperature sensor output voltage    Refer to 35 6 1  1                   1  When reference voltage       AVREFP ANIO  ADREFP1   0  ADREFPO   1   reference voltage        AVREFM ANI1  ADREFM   1   target pin  ANI2 to ANI14  internal reference voltage  and temperature sensor  output voltage     TA    40 to  105   C  2 4 V  lt  AVREFP  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   0 V  Reference voltage       AVREFP   Reference voltage       AVREFM   0 V   Parameter Conditions    Resolution       10 bit resolution 2 4 V  lt                lt  5 5 V
136. ctronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 24 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October    2013    Explanation of  2  Input range of ANIO to ANI14 and ANI16 to ANI26 pins in 14 10 Cautions for A D  Converter added  page 662    Incorrect    14 10 Cautions for A D Converter    2  Input range of ANIO to ANI14 and ANI16 to ANI26 pins  Observe the rated range of the ANIO to ANI14 and ANI16 to ANI26 pins input voltage  If a voltage of Voo and AVrerp or  higher and Vss and AVrerm or lower  even in the range of absolute maximum ratings  is input to an analog input channel   the converted value of that channel becomes undefined  In addition  the converted values of the other channels may  also be affected   When internal reference voltage  1 45 V  is selected reference voltage source for the   side of the A D converter  do not  input internal reference voltage or higher voltage to a pin selected by the ADS register  However  it is no problem that a    pin not selected by the ADS register is inputed voltage greater than the internal reference voltage     Correct   14 10 Cautions for A D Converter   2  Input range of ANIO to ANI14 and ANI16 to ANI26 pins  Observe the rated range of ANIO to ANI14 and ANI16 to ANI26 pins input voltage       voltage of        and AVrerp or  higher and Vss and AVnerw or lower  even in the range of absolute maximum ratings  is input to an analog input channel   the converted value of that channel becomes undefined  In addi
137. d  interrupt servicing is carried out  If interrupt acknowledgement is disabled  the next address  instruction is executed    Figure 23 5 STOP Mode Release by Interrupt Request Generation  1 2     1  When high speed system clock  X1 oscillation  is used as CPU clock     Omitted     Note Wait time for STOP mode relea  High    lock  X1 illation   3 cloc     Page 39 of 50  132   NE   SAS     c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved     Date  October    2013    Correct     2  STOP mode release   The STOP mode can be released by the following two sources    a  Release by unmasked interrupt request    When an unmasked interrupt request is generated  the STOP mode is released  After the  oscillation stabilization time has elapsed  if interrupt acknowledgement is enabled  vectored  interrupt servicing is carried out  If interrupt acknowledgement is disabled  the next address  instruction is executed     Figure 23 5 STOP Mode Release by Interrupt Request Generation  1 2    1  When high speed system clock  X1 oscillation  is used as CPU clock   Omitted     Note 1  For details of the standby release signal  see Figure 21 1 Basic Configuration of  Interrupt Function     Note 2  STOP mode release time  Supply of the clock is stopped     When FRQSEL4   0  18 us to  whichever is longer 65 us or the oscillation  stabilization time  set by OSTS      When FRQSELA   1  18 ys to  whichever is longer 135 ps or the oscillation  stabilization time  set by OSTS      Wait     Whe
138. d even if 0 is written to it   Even if the bit is changed from 0 to 1         If the read value is 1  writing    to the bit sets it to 0  When status flags of interrupt sources  applicable status flags   of the timer RG are set to 0 and their interrupts are disabled in the timer RG interrupt enable register  TRGIER   use    either one of the following methods  a  to  c           Set 00H  all interrupts disabled  to timer      interrupt enable register  TRGIER  and write 0 to applicable status  flags      Go on to the next page         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 11 of 50    RENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October    2013     b  When there are bits set to 1  interrupt enabled  in timer RG interrupt enable register  TRGIER  and status flags of    interrupt sources related to their bits are 0  write O to applicable status flags     Example  To clear the TRGIMFB bit to 0 when bits TRGIMIEA and TRGOVIE are set to 1  interrupt enabled  and  the TRGIMIEB bit is set to 0  interrupt disabled   Timer RG Interrupt Enable Register  TRGIER     Interrupt enabled    TRGIER TRGOVIE fJ TRGUDIE    TRGIMIEB    TRGIMIEA  1 0 0 1  Interrupt disabled    Timer RG Status Register  TRGSR     TRGDIRF TRGOVF TRGUDF f TRGIMFB f TRGIMFA  0 0 1 1 0    As status flags  TRGOVF  TRGIMFA  corresponding to the bit                                              which is set to 1  interrupt enabled   write O to the TRGIMFB    bit    c  When there are
139. d product reliability therefore cannot be guaranteed  Renesas Electronics is not  liable for problems occurring when the on chip debug function is used    Caution 2  With products not provided with an             EVpp1  EVsso  or EVss1 pin  replace EVppo and         1 with  VDD  or replace EVsso and EVssi with Vss    Caution 3  The pins mounted depend on the product  Refer to 2 1 Port Functions to 2 2 1 With functions for    each product     There are following differences between the products        Industrial applications  TA    40 to   105          and the products     A  Consumer applications  and D  Industrial applications      Parameter    A  Consumer applications  D  Industrial applications    G  Industrial applications       Operating ambient temperature    TA    40 to  85                 40 to  105            Operating mode  Operating voltage range    HS  high speed main  mode    2 7 V             lt  5 5 V1 MHz to 32 MHz   2 4 V             lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 16 MHz  LS  low speed main  mode    1 8 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 Vg 1 MHz to 8 MHz  LV  low voltage main  mode    1 6 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 Vg 1 MHz to 4 MHz    HS  high speed main  mode only   2 7 V  lt  Vpp  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 32 MHz  2 4 V  lt          lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 16 MHz       High speed on chip oscillator  clock accuracy    1 8 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V    1 0    TA    20 to  85        1 5            40 to  20   C  1 6 V  lt  Voo  lt  1 8 V    5 0    TA    20 to  85        5 5            40 to  20   C    2 4 V 
140. data flash memory can be written to by using the flash memory programmer or an external device  Flash memory is programmed in 8 bit units  Blocks can be deleted in 1 KB units  Only byte read is allowed as CPU instructions  1 clock cycle   wait 3 clock cycles    Omitted   Manipulating the DFLCTL register is prohibited while rewriting the data flash memory  Transition to HALT STOP state is prohibited while rewriting the data flash memory    18  Cautions of flash memory programming by self programming added  page 1142    Refer to No 39  page 50  in this document            c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 29 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013    19  Items of flash memory programming characteristics added  page 1231    Incorrect     34 10 Flash memory programming characteristics     Ta   740 to  85  C  1 8 V  lt  EVppo           1  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss    0 V     Parameter Conditions    CPU peripheral hardware clock 1 8 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  frequency       Number of code flash rewrites 1 erase   1 write Retained for 20 years  after the erase is  Self serial    regarded as 1 programming                Number of data flash rewrites rewrite  Retained for 1 years 1 000 000  The retaining years  Self serial    programming   Retained for 5 years   100 000     Self serial  programming     are until next rewrite Note       after the rewrite     Note                         Note When using 
141. de  When the low speed on chip oscillator is    selected  IFiL should be added  1002 subsystem clock operation includes the operational current of the real time clock     Note 4  Current flowing only to the 12 bit interval timer  excluding the operating current of the low speed on chip oscillator and    the XT1 oscillator   The supply current of the RL78 microcontrollers is the sum of the values of either 1001       002  and lir     when the 12 bit interval timer operates in operation mode or HALT mode  When the low speed on chip oscillator is    selected  IFIL should be added     24   N   SAS       18    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             Note 5  Current flowing only to the watchdog timer  including the operating current of the low speed on chip oscillator    The supply current of the RL78 microcontrollers is the sum of Ipp1  Ipp2 or  003 and        when the watchdog timer is in  operation    Note 6  Current flowing only to the A D converter  The supply current of the RL78 microcontrollers is the sum of Ipp1 or Ipp2 and  lapc when the A D converter operates in an operation mode or the HALT mode    Note 7  Current flowing only to the LVD circuit  The supply current of the RL78 microcontrollers is the sum of           1002 or  003 and  ILvb when the LVD circuit is in operation    Note 8  Current flowing during programming of the data flash    Note 9  Current flowing during self programming     Note 10  For shift time to the SNOOZE m
142. e    Note 3  Specification under conditions where the duty factor  lt  7096     The output current value that has changed to the duty factor  gt  7096 the duty ratio can be calculated with the following  expression  when changing the duty factor from 70  to            Total output current of pins    loL x 0 7   n x 0 01     Example   Where n   80  and lo    10 0 mA  Total output current of pins    10 0 x 0 7   80 x 0 01    8 7 mA  However  the current that is allowed to flow into one pin does not vary depending on the duty factor   A current higher than the absolute maximum rating must not flow into one pin     Remark Unless specified otherwise  the characteristics of alternate function pins are the same as those of the port pins        24   N   SAS 6    RL78 G14       CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105           TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso       551   0 V     Input voltage  high    Conditions           to P06  P10 to P17  P30   P31  P40 to P47  P50 to P57   P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P140 to P147    Normal input buffer    0 8 EVDDo     3 5        P01          P04  P10  P14 to P17   P30  P31  P43  P44  P50     TTL input buffer  4 0 V  lt EVpp0  lt  5 5 V       P53 to P55  P80  P81  P142   P143    TTL input buffer  3 3 V  lt              lt  4 0 V    2 0          TTL input buffer  2 4 V  lt              lt  3 3 V    1 5       P20 to P27  P150 to P156   
143. e  and temperature sensor  output voltage     TA    40 to  85   C  1 6 V  lt  AVREFP  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   0 V  Reference voltage       AVREFP  Reference voltage                                                                                  AVREFM   0 V   Parameter Conditions  Resolution RES 8 10 bit  Overall error Note 1          10 bit resolution 1 8 V  lt  AVrerp  lt  5 5 V 1 2  3 5 LSB  AVRErP   Von Note 3 1 6 V  lt  AVREFP  lt  5 5 V Note 4 12    70   LSB  Conversion time             10 bit resolution 3 6 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V 2 125 39 us  Target pin  ANI2 to ANI14 2 7     lt          lt 5 5 V 3 1875 39 us  1 8 V  lt          lt  5 5V 17 39 us  1 6 V  lt          lt  5 5 V 57 95 us  10 bit resolution 3 6 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V 2 375 39 us  Target pin  Internal reference voltage   5 7 y  lt Vpp   5 5 V 3 5625 39 us  and temperature sensor output voltage   HS  high speed main  mode  2 4 V  lt          lt 5 5V 17 39 us  Zero scale error Notes 1  2 Ezs 10 bit resolution 1 8 V  lt            lt  5 5 V  0 25    FSR                 Vop Note 3 1 6 V  lt                lt  5 5 V Note 4  0 50    FSR  Full scale error Notes 1  2     5 10 bit resolution 1 8 V  lt          lt  5 5 V  0 25    FSR                 Von Note 3 1 6 V  lt               lt  5 5 V Note 4  0 50    FSR  Integral linearity error Note 1 ILE 10 bit resolution 1 8 V  lt                 lt  5 5 V i25 LSB  AVREFP          Note 3 1 6 V  lt  AVREFP  lt  5 5 V Note 4  50   LSB  Differential linearity error Note 1 
144. e 4          3 0 V 0 50   2 00  fuoco   16 MHz  Voo   5 0 V 0 44 1 49         16 MHz Note 4 Voo   3 0 V 044   149  LS  low speed main                8 MHz  Voo   3 0 V 290 800                               8 MHz Note 4 Voo   2 0 V 290   800  LV  low voltage           fHoco   4 MHz  Voo   3 0 V 440 755       mode Note 7        4 MHz Note 4 Voo   2 0 V 440   755  HS  high speed main    fmx   20 MHz Note 3  Square wave input 0 31 1 63 mA  mode                  50V Resonator connection 0 50 1 85  fmx   20 MHz Note 3  Square wave input 0 31 1 63           30V Resonator connection 0 50 1 85  fmx   10 MHz Note 3  Square wave input 0 21 0 89           50V Resonator connection 0 30 0 97  fmx   10 MHz Note 3  Square wave input 0 21 0 89           30V Resonator connection 0 30 0 97  LS  low speed main    fmx   8 MHz Note 3  Square wave input 110 580       mode Note 7 Voo   30V Resonator connection 160 630  fmx   8 MHz Note 3  Square wave input 110 580  Voo   20V Resonator connection 160 630  Subsystem clock           32 768 kHz Note5    Square wave input 0 28 0 66       operation         40      Resonator connection 0 47 0 85  fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 5  Square wave input 0 34 0 66          25      Resonator connection 0 53 0 85  fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 5  Square wave input 0 37 2 35          50      Resonator connection 0 56 2 54            32 768 kHz Note 5  Square wave input 0 61 4 08          70      Resonator connection 0 80 4 27            32 768 kHz Note 5  Square wave input 1 55 8 
145. e wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   10 MHz Note 2            5 0                    operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fux   10 MHz Note 2   Voo   3 0 V                 operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection          Subsystem clock  operation     Notes and Remarks are listed on the next page      fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4          40         Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4          25         Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4          50         Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4          70         Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4          85                      operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection          fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4          105                         operation    Square wave input                Resonator connection                      24   N   SAS    14    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             Note 1     Note 2   Note 3   Note 4     Note 5     Remark 1   Remark 2   Remark 3   Remark 4   Remark 5     Total current flowing into         EVppo  and EVpp1  including the input leakage current flowing when the level of the input  pin is fixed to VDD  EVppo  and EVpp1  or Vss  EVsso  a
146. ed  Page 50 of 50    RENESAS    Date     Correct     30 7 Flash    October 23  2013    Memory Programming by Self Programming     Omitted     Caution 1  The self programming function cannot be used when the CPU operates with the    subsystem clock     Caution 2     Caution 3     Caution 4     To prohibit an interrupt during self programming  in the same way as in normal  operation mode  execute the self programming library in the state where the IE flag  is cleared  0  by the DI instruction  To enable an interrupt  clear  0  the interrupt  mask flag to accept in the state where the IE flag is set  1  by the El instruction   and then execute the self programming library   When enabling RAM parity error resets  RPERDIS   0   make sure to initialize the  RAM area to use   10 bytes before overwriting   The high speed on chip oscillator needs to keep oscillating during  self programming  When the high speed on chip oscillator is stopped  oscillate  the high speed on chip oscillator clock  HIOSTOP   0  and execute the flash  self programming library after 30 us elapsed when the FRQSEL4 in the user  option byte  000C2H  is 0  otherwise execute the flash self programming library  after 80 us elapsed        RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85          This chapter describes the electrical specifications for the products  A  Consumer applications  TA    40 to  85          and       
147. ependently connect to EVopo             or EVsso  EVss1  P61 SDAAO via a resistor    P62 SCLA1 Output  Leave open    P63 SDAA1  P64 TI10 TO10  P65 TI11 TO11  P66 TI12 TO12  P67 TI13 TO13                                      Omitted     Correct     Table 2 3  Connection of Unused Pins  100 pin products   2 3     Pin Name      Circuit Type Recommended Connection of Unused Pins    P60 SCLAO Input  Connect these pins independently to EVopo  EVpp  or  P61 SDAAO EVsso  EVss  via a resistor           Output  Set 0 to the port output latch when using these pins left  open  Set 1 to the port output latch when connecting  these pins independently to             EVpp1  or EVsso   EVss1 via a resistor     P62 SCLA1  P63 SDAA1             P64 T110 TO10 Input  Connect these pins independently to             EVbp  or  P65 TI11 TO11 EVsso  EVss  via a resistor           P66 TI12 TO12 Output  Leave open     P67 T113 TO13                    Omitted         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 5 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October    2013    3  Explanations of the timer RD status register added    Explanations of the timer RD status register added  pages 470  472    Incorrect     Notes 1  The value after reset is undefined when FRQSEL4   1 in the user option byte  000C2H 010C2H  and TRDOEN   0  in the PER1 register  If it is necessary to read the initial value  set fcuk to      and TRDOEN   1 before reading    Omitted   4  The 
148. er        c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 16 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013    8  Cautions of the high speed on chip oscillator frequency select register  HOCODIV  revised   page 284   Incorrect    8  High speed on chip oscillator frequency select register  HOCODIV    Omitted   Caution 1  Set the HOCODIV register within the operable voltage range both before and after changing the frequency   Caution 2  Use the device within the voltage of the flash operation mode set by the option byte  000C2H 010C2H  even  after the frequency has been changed by using the HOCODIV register   Option Byte Flash Operation Mode Operating Frequency Operating Voltage     000C2H 010C2H  Value Range Range  CMODE1   CMODE2          LV  low voltage main  mode 1to 4 MHz 1 6 to 5 5 V  LS  low speed main  mode 1to 8 MHz 1 8 to 5 5 V  1 to 16 MHz 2 4 t0 5 5 V  S  high speed main  mode  1 to 32 MHz 2 7 to 5 5 V  i i m clock device op at the old          Correct    8  High speed on chip oscillator frequency select register  HOCODIV    Omitted   Caution 1  When changing the frequency of the high speed on chip oscillator by the HOCODIV register  make sure  the previously set frequency and newly set frequency fall within the operating frequency range for the flash  operation mode set by the option byte  000C2H      Option Byte Flash Operation Mode Operating Frequency Operating Voltage   000C2H  Value Range Range    CMODE1 CMOD
149. er rate 2 6 Note 2  Cb   50 pF  Rb   1 4        Vb 2 7V          V  lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V   V  lt Vb lt 2 7 V       Theoretical value of the maximum transfer rate 1 2 Note 4  Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7        Vb   2 3 V       V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V                                V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V  Theoretical value of the maximum transfer rate 0 43 Note 6         50 pF  Rb   5 5        Vb   1 6 V  Note 1  The smaller maximum transfer rate derived by using fmcK 12 or the following expression is the valid maximum transfer  rate     Expression for calculating the transfer rate when 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V and 2 7 V Vb  lt  4 0 V  1  Maximum transfer rate                                                                         bps     Cb x Rb x In  1  22  x3  Vb    1    Transfer rate x 2  Baud rate error  theoretical value                                                                                                                        x 100  96     1  Transfer rate             x Rb x In  1 2229   Vb      x Number of transferred bits      This value is the theoretical value of the relative difference between the transmission and reception sides    Note 2  This value as an example is calculated when the conditions described in the    Conditions    column are met   Refer to Note 1 above to calculate the maximum transfer rate under conditions of the customer    Note 3  The smaller maximum transfer rate derived by using          12 or the following expression is the valid maximum
150. flash memory programmer and Renesas Electronics self programming library     Correct      Ta   740 to  85  C  1 8 V  lt  EVppo           1  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss    0 V   Parameter Conditions    CPU peripheral hardware  clock frequency    1 8 V  lt  VoD  lt  5 5 V       Number of code  Retaining years  20 years Ta   85  C    flash rewrites  etes 1 23          Retaining year  1 year Ta   25  C 1 000 000       Number of data flash    rewrites Notes 123 Retaining years  5 years Ta   85  C 100 000       Retaining years  20 years Ta   85  C 10 000                         Notes 1 1 erase   1 write after the erase is regarded as 1 rewrite   The retaining years are until next rewrite after the rewrite   2  When using flash memory programmer and Renesas Electronics self programming library     3  This characteristics is shown as the flash memory characteristics and based on Renesas Electronics reliability test         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 30 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October    2013    20  3 1 3 Internal Data Memory Space  page 105     Incorrect  Correct     Cautions 2  While self programming is being executed or rewriting the data flash  do not  allocate the RAM address which is used in stack  data buffer  the branch of  vectored interrupt servicing  or the transfer destination or source by DTC in the    R5F104xD  x   A to C  E to     J  L    FE900H to FED09H  address between FFE20H
151. ghts reserved        Description  First edition issued  Incorrect descriptions of No 1 to No 19 revised  Rev  2 00 issued  Revisions of No 20 to No 36 incorrect descriptions added  Rev  3 00 issued  Incorrect descriptions of No 37 to No 39 revised  This notification        Page 3 of 50  RENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October    2013    Specifications of the on chip oscillator characteristics in the Electrical specifications    chapter fixed  page 1179     Incorrect     34 3 2 On chip oscillator characteristics     Ta    40 to  85  C  1 6 V  lt               EVDD1  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   Oscillators Parameters Conditions    High speed on chip oscillator  clock frequency            High speed on chip oscillator  20 to  85     1 8 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V    clock frequency accuracy          1    lt         lt 18             40 to  20 C 1 8 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V  1 6 V  lt  Voo  lt  1 8 V             Low speed on chip oscillator  clock frequency       Low speed on chip oscillator  clock frequency accuracy                      Notes 1  High speed on chip oscillator frequency is selected with bits 0 to 4 of the option byte  000  2   010  2    and bits  0 to 2 of the HOCODIV register   2  This only indicates the oscillator characteristics  Refer to AC Characteristics for instruction execution time   When SSOP  30          WQEN  32   40   48          FLGA  36          LQFP  7 x 7   48 pin   LQFP  10 x 10   52 pin  LQFP  12 x 12   64
152. her 1    1       002  and    IRTC  when the real time clock operates in operation mode or HALT mode  When the low speed on chip oscillator is    selected  IFiL should be added  1002 subsystem clock operation includes the operational current of the real time clock     Note 4  Current flowing only to the 12 bit interval timer  excluding the operating current of the low speed on chip oscillator and    the XT1 oscillator   The supply current of the RL78 microcontrollers is the sum of the values of either 1001       002  and lir     when the 12 bit interval timer operates in operation mode or HALT mode  When the low speed on chip oscillator is    selected  IFIL should be added     24   N   SAS       18    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             Note 5  Current flowing only to the watchdog timer  including the operating current of the low speed on chip oscillator    The supply current of the RL78 microcontrollers is the sum of Ipp1  1002 or  003 and        when the watchdog timer is in  operation    Note 6  Current flowing only to the A D converter  The supply current of the RL78 microcontrollers is the sum of Ipp1 or Ipp2 and  lapc when the A D converter operates in an operation mode or the HALT mode    Note 7  Current flowing only to the LVD circuit  The supply current of the RL78 microcontrollers is the sum of IDD1  1002 or  003 and  ILvb when the LVD circuit is in operation    Note 8  Current flowing during programming of the data flash 
153. illator and XT1 oscillator  refer to 5 4 System Clock Oscillator     35 2 2 On chip oscillator characteristics             40 to  105       2 4 V  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   0 V   Oscillators Parameters Conditions    High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  Notes 1 2       High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  20 to  85      2 4 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V                    40 to  20      2 4 V  lt          lt  5 5      85 to  105       2 4 V  lt        lt  55V                Low speed on chip oscillator clock frequency       Low speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  accuracy                         Note 1  High speed on chip oscillator frequency is selected with bits 0 to 4 of the option byte  000C2H  and bits 0 to 2 of the  HOCODIV register   Note 2  This only indicates the oscillator characteristics  Refer to AC Characteristics for instruction execution time        24   N   SAS 4    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             35 3 DC Characteristics    35 3 1    Pin characteristics     TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V   1 5     Output current  high Note 1 Per pin for        to P06  2 4 V  lt              lt  5 5 V    Note 1     Note 2   Note 3     Caution    Remark       Conditions    P10 to P17  P30  P31    P40 to P47  P50 to P57    P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100 to P102  P110   P111  P120  P130  P140 to P147    Total of POO to P04  P40 to 
154. it 2  AWC  of A D converter mode register 2  ADM2  to 0  Doing this sets the clock request signal  an internal    ignal  to the low level and stops the supply of the high speed on chip oscillator clock     e While in the scan mode  If even  one A D conversion end interrupt request signal  INTAD  is generated durin D conversion of the four  hannels  the clock request signal remains at the high level  and the A D converter switches from the SNOOZE  mode to the normal operation mode    To stop the high speed on chi cillator clock supplied while in the  NOOZE mode  clear bit 2  AWC  of A D converter mode register 2  ADM2  to 0  Doing this sets the clock  request signal  an internal signal  to the low level and stops the supply of the high speed on chip oscillator    clock     Correct    1  If an interrupt is generated after A D conversion ends   Omitted   e In select mode  When A D conversion ends and an A D conversion end interrupt request signal  INTAD  is generated  the A D converter  returns to normal operation mode from SNOOZE mode  At this time  make sure to clear bit 2  AWC   0  SNOOZE  mode release  in A D converter mode register 2  ADM2  to 0  If the AWC bit is left set to 1  A D conversion will not    start normally in subsequent SNOOZE or normal operation mode     e In scan mode    If even one A D conversion end interrupt request signal  INTAD  is generated during A D conversion of four channels  the    A D converter transits from SNOOZE mode to normal operation mode  
155. k 5  Rb Q   Communication line  SCKp  SOp  pull up resistance           Communication line  SCKp  SOp  load capacitance    Vb V   Communication line voltage  Remark 6  p  CSI number  p   00  01  10  20  30  31   m  Unit number  m   0  1   n  Channel number  n   0 to 3     9  PIM and POM number  g   0  1  3 to 5  14   Remark 7  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency    Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number    n  Channel number  mn   00    Remark 8  CSIO1 of 48   52   64 pin products  and CSI11 and CSI21 cannot communicate at different potential  Use other CSI for    communication at different potential        34   NC   SAS 40    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             CSI mode serial transfer timing  master mode   during communication at different potential    When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1      tKcv1             SCKp             tsiK1 tksi1                   51   Input data                   SOp Output data       CSI mode serial transfer timing  master mode   during communication at different potential    When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0      tKcv1          SCKp                        SOp Output data    Remark 1  p  CSI number  p   00  01  10  20  30  31   m  Unit number  m   0  1   n  Channel number  n   0 to 3    9  PIM and POM number  g   0  1  3 to 5  14    Remark 2  CSIO1 of 48   52   64 pin products  and CSI11 and C
156. lags  of interrupt sources related to their bits are 1  write O to these status flags and applicable status flags at the same    time     Example  To clear the TRGIMFB bit to O when the TRGIMIEA bit is set to 1  interrupt enabled  and the TRGIMIEB bit    is set to 0  interrupt disabled      Timer RG Interrupt Enable Register  TRGIER     TRGIER TRGOVIE   TRGUDIE 9 TRGIMIEB    TRGIMIEA  0 0 0 1  Interrupt disabled    Timer RG Status Register  TRGSR   TRGDIRF TRGIMFB  0 1 1    As the status flag  TRGIMFA  corresponding to the bit which is                                                          set to 1  interrupt enabled  is 1  write 0 to bits TRGIMFB and    TRGIFMA at the same time         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 14 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October    2013    7  Descriptions in the comparator block diagram improved    Descriptions in the comparator block diagram improved  page 675    Incorrect     Figure 16 1 Comparator Block Diagram    po                iiic    C1FCK1   C1FCKO   01   o            8   1085                  clock      11             32             o Both edge  C1EDG  detection  C1WDE Digital filter EE   match                C1EPOL  0     3 times  C1FCKO    One edge   lt   7 other thaln detection  0                                 l   l       1             1    ELC event              1           IVCMP1            1    IVREF1                           Internal reference  voltage  
157. llation    Secun stabilization                     0 Us or more        1Wait for oscillation             stabilization    9 2                                 High speed   system clock  fmx    when X1 oscillation  is selected    Internal reset signal    Operation       Starting oscillation is __  specified by softwara 7w    1 Reset processing  4    if    Normal operation   high speed on chip  oscillator clock     3          Starting oscillation 5 _     an NN               Stop   1      ispeciied by software  N  Normal operation       high speed on chip      Reset processing     oscillation      Operation stops       CPU stops      Internal reset signal    Notes 4  Reset processing time  155 to 407 us     c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved         oscillator clock     3 1                      Page 45 of 50  RENESAS    Date  October    Correct     Supply voltage              Operating voltage    range lower limit Noe 1      Veon   1 51 V              Veor   1 50 V               ov 4       RESET pin    High speed on chip      2013    Figure 25 2  Timing of Generation of Internal Reset Signal by    Power on reset Circuit and Voltage Detector  1 2      1  When using an external reset by the RESET pin       Wait for oscillation  accuracy stabilization Note 2                                        Wait for oscillation  t accuracy   stabilization    inn    Note 2       oscillator clock            when X1 oscillation  is selected        Starting oscillation i
158. lock  to 9 clock  ubsystem clock  RTCLPC   0   3 to 4 clock  u em clock  RTCLPC   1   4 to 5 clock    Correct     Figure 23 3 HALT Mode Release by Interrupt Request Generation       Interrupt  HALT request    n X  Standby release signal  1       Status of CPU Operating mede HALT mode L  Wait Note 2 L  Operating mode    Oscillation                            High speed system clock   High speed on chip oscillator clock   or subsystem clock       Notes 1  For details of the standby release signal  see Figure 21 1  2  Wait time for HALT mode release   e When vectored interrupt servicing is carried out  Main system clock  15 to 16 clocks  Subsystem clock  RTCLPC   0   10 to 11 clocks  Subsystem clock  RTCLPC   1   11 to 12 clocks      When vectored interrupt servicing is not carried out  Main system clock  9 to 10 clocks  Subsystem clock  RTCLPC   0   4 to 5 clocks  Subsystem clock  RTCLPC   1   5 to 6 clocks    For details about incorrect descriptions in pages 1049  1050  1052 to 1055  1060  1061  1072  and 1073  refer to No 37  pages       38 to 47  in this document            c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 18 of 50  RENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October    2013    10  Cautions of A D converter mode register 0  ADMO  added  page 613  Incorrect    2  A D converter mode register 0  ADMO    Omitted   Notes 1  For details of the FR2 to FRO  LV1  LVO bits  and A D conversion  see Table 14 3 A D Conversion Time Selection
159. lt  5 5 V       Total of        to P04  P40 to P47   P102  P120  P130  P140 to P145   When duty  lt  70  Note 3     4 0V  lt              lt  5 5 V       2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V       1 8 V  lt              lt  2 7 V       1 6 V  lt              lt  1 8 V       Total of P05  P06  P10 to P17   P30  P31  P50 to P57    P64 to P67  P70 to P77    P80 to P87  P100  P101  P110   P111  P146  P147    When duty  lt  70  Note 3     4 0V  lt EVpp0 lt 5 5V       2 7 V x EVppo  lt  4 0 V       1 8 V  lt              lt  2 7 V       1 6 V x EVppo  lt  1 8 V       Total of all pins   When duty  lt  70  Note 3     1 6 V x             lt  5 5 V       Per pin for P20 to P27   P150 to P156    1 6V lt Vpp lt 5 5V             Total of all pins   When duty  lt  70  Note 3     However  do not exceed the total current value   Specification under conditions where the duty factor  lt  70    The output current value that has changed to the duty factor  gt  70  the duty ratio can be calculated with the following    expression  when changing the duty factor from 70  to n         Total output current of pins           x 0 7   n x 0 01      lt Example gt     However  the current that is allowed to flow into one pin does not vary depending on the duty factor     Where n   80  and loH    10 0 mA  Total output current of pins     10 0 x 0 7   80 x 0 01     8 7 mA       1 6 V  lt  VoD  lt  5 5 V       Value of current at which the device operation is guaranteed even if the current flows from the            
160. main  mode     4 99 us to 9 44 us      7 clocks  LS  Low speed main  mode   1 10 us to 5 08 us    7 clocks  LV  Low voltage main  mode   16 58 us to 25 40 us    7 clocks    When vectored interrupt servicing is not carried out   HS  High speed main  mode     4 99 us to 9 44 us    1 clock  LS  Low speed main  mode   1 10   to 5 08 us    1 clock  LV  Low voltage main  mode     16 58 us to 25 40 us      1 clock    The operating statuses in the SNOOZE mode are shown next       RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E    Incorrect descriptions of reset processing time revised  pages 1060  1061     Incorrect     Figure 24 2 Timing of Reset by RESET Input    Wait for oscillation     stabilization  High speed on chip  oscillator clock  Starting X1 oscillation is specified by software  High speed system clock   when X1 oscillation is selected        i    Reset period    i  Normal operation                      d             Normal operation    CPU status   high speed on chip oscillator clock     RESET       M Reset processing   387 to 674 us  When LVD is used           155 to 360 us  When LVD off     Internal reset signal    Port pin   except P130        Port pin   P130        Figure 24 3 Timing of Reset Due to Execution of Illegal Instruction or Watchdog Timer Overfiow    Wait for oscillation accuracy stabilization        High speed on chip  oscillator clock    High speed system clock l   when X1 oscillation is selected       CPU status    Starting X1 oscillation rs specified by softwa
161. main  mode  2 7 V x Vbpp  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 32 MHz   2 4 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 16 MHz  LS  low speed main  mode  1 8 V  lt  Vpp  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 8 MHz  LV  low voltage main  mode  1 6 V  lt  Vpp  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 4 MHz    fx  High speed system clock frequency  X1 clock oscillation frequency or external main system clock frequency   fHoco  High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  64 MHz max     fiH  High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  32 MHz max     fsuB  Subsystem clock frequency  XT1 clock oscillation frequency    Except subsystem clock operation  temperature condition of the         value is        25            34   NC   SAS 15    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              2  Flash ROM  96 to 256 KB of 30  to 100 pin products   TA    40 to  85   C  1 6 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V     Parameter    Conditions     2 2                                                                                                                                                              Supply 1002 HALT mode       high speed main    fHoco   64 MHz  Voo   5 0 V 0 88 3 32 mA  current Note 1   Note 2 mode Note 7 fiu 2 32 MHz Note 4 Vop 3 0V 0 88 3 32  fuoco   32 MHz  Voo   5 0 V 0 62 2 63         32 MHz Note 4 Voo   3 0 V 0 62   263  fuoco   48 MHz  Voo   5 0    0 68 2 57         24 MHz Note 4          3 0 V 0 68   2 57  fuoco   24 MHz  Voo   5 0 V 0 50 2 00         24 MHz Not
162. mode          Subsystem clock  fsuB  operation 1 8 V  lt  VoD  lt  5 5 V 28 5  In the self HS  high speed main    2 7 V  lt        lt  5 5 V 0 03125    programming   mode 2 4 V  lt  VDD  lt  2 7 V 0 0625  mode             LS  low speed main    1 8 V  lt          lt  5 5 V 0 125  mode    LV  low voltage main    1 8 V  lt        lt  5 5 V 0 25  mode             External system clock 2 7 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V 1 0  frequency 2 4 V  lt          lt  2 7 V 1 0  1 8 V  lt  VDD  lt  2 4 V 1 0  1 6 V  lt  Vpp  lt  1 8 V 1 0  32                   External system clock 2 7 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V 24  input high level width  24   lt        lt 27   30          low level width  1 8 V  lt  VDD   24 V 60    1 6 V  lt  Voo  lt  1 8 V 120          tEXHS   tEXLS    13 7       TIOO to TIO3  TI10 to  triH       1 fuck   10  TI13 input high level Note  width  low level width       Timer RJ input cycle 2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V 100  1 8 V  lt              lt  2 7 V 300  1 6 V  lt               lt  1 8 V 500             Timer RJ input high            2 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V 40  level width  low level           1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  2 7 V  width             1 6 V  lt  EVppo  lt  1 8 V                            Note The following conditions are required for low voltage interface when             lt  VDD  1 8 V x             lt  2 7 V  MIN  125 ns  1 6 V x EVppo  lt  1 8 V  MIN  250 ns    Remark         Timer array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of 
163. mode  SCKp    external clock input            40 to  105       2 4 V x EVppo   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   2 2     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main  mode    85100 setup time DAPmn   0 2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V 240       MIN  MAX        2 4 V     EVppo     5 5 V 400       DAPmn   1 2 7 V                lt  5 5 V 1           240       2 4 V  lt  EVpp0  lt  55V 1           400         100 hold time 2 7 V     EVppo     5 5 V 1           240    Caution    Remark          2 4 V  lt               lt  5 5 V 1           400       DAPmn   1 2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V 240       2 4 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V 400                      Select the normal input buffer for the SIp pin and SCKp pin and the normal output mode for the SOp pin by using  port input mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg      p  CSI number  p   00   m  Unit number  m   0   n  Channel number  n   0       PIM number  g   3  5     CSI mode connection diagram  during communication at same potential     SCKp SCK    RL78 microcontroller 51   SO Users device       SOp SI          CSI mode connection diagram  during communication at same potential    Slave Transmission of slave select input function  CSIOO      SCKOO    5100  RL78 microcontroller User s device   000         100       Remark 1  p  CSI number       00  01  10  11  20  21  30  31   Remark 2  m  Unit number  n  Channel number  mn   00 to 03  10 to 13        24   N   SAS 29    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICA
164. mx   20 MHz Note 3  Square wave input 0 28 1 55 mA  mode Note 7          5 0 V Resonator connection 0 49 1 74  fux   20 MHz Note 3  Square wave input 0 28 1 55           30V Resonator connection 0 49 1 74  fux   10 MHz Note 3  Square wave input 0 19 0 86           5 0 V Resonator connection 0 30 0 93  fmx   10 MHz Note 3  Square wave input 0 19 0 86           30V Resonator connection 0 30 0 93  LS  low speed main    fux   8 MHz Note 3  Square wave input 95 550       mode Note 7 Voo   3 0 V Resonator connection 145 590  fmx   8 MHz Note 3  Square wave input 95 550  Voo   2 0 V Resonator connection 145 590  Subsystem clock           32 768 kHz Note 5    Square wave input 0 25 0 57 uA  operation         40      Resonator connection 0 44 0 76            32 768 kHz Note 5    Square wave input 0 30 0 57          25      Resonator connection 0 49 0 76            32 768 kHz Note 5    Square wave input 0 36 1 17          50      Resonator connection 0 59 1 36            32 768 kHz Note 5    Square wave input 0 49 1 97          70      Resonator connection 0 72 2 16            32 768 kHz Note 5    Square wave input 0 97 3 37          85      Resonator connection 1 16 3 56  Ipp3 STOP mode          40      0 18 0 51 uA  Noise   Noes         25   C 0 24   0 51          50      0 29 1 10          70      0 41 1 90          85      0 90 3 30   Notes and Remarks are listed on the next page    24   N   SAS 12    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85          
165. n operation in the SNOOZE mode finishes  be sure to  set the STm1 bit to 1 and clear the SEm1 bit  to stop the operation      Correct    Omitted   Caution Before transiting to SNOOZE mode and after the receive operation is completed in SNOOZE mode  set the STm1  bit to 1  clear the SEm1 bit to 0  and stop the operation      And after the receive operation is completed  also clear the SWCm bit to 0  SNOOZE mode release          c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 26 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013    15  Explanations of the power on reset circuit added  pages 1070  1071    Incorrect     25 1 Functions of Power on reset Circuit    The power on reset circuit  POR  has the following functions       Generates internal reset signal at power on     The reset signal is released when the ly  volta Vpop  exceeds 1 51 V   0 03 V     Vpp  lt  VPpR      Omitted     25 3 Operation of Power on reset Circuit      An internal reset signal is nerated on wer application  When the ly voltage  Voo  exceeds the detection    voltage  VPon   the reset tus is released                  ly voltage  Vno  and detection voltage  Vepr         compared  When           lt            the internal reset signal is  generated     The timing of generation of the internal reset signal by the power on reset circuit and voltage detector is shown below     Correct     25 1 Functions of Power on reset Circuit    The power on reset circuit 
166. n vectored interrupt servicing is carried out  10 to 11 clocks    When vectored interrupt servicing is not carried out  4 to 5 clocks    Caution  To reduce the oscillation stabilization time after release from the STOP mode  while CPU operates based on the high speed system clock  X1 oscillation   switch  the clock to the high speed on chip oscillator clock temporarily before executing the  STOP instruction     Remark 1  The clock supply stop time varies depending on the temperature conditions and  STOP mode period    Remark 2  The broken lines indicate the case when the interrupt request that has released  the standby mode is acknowledged        RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E    Figure 23 5 STOP Mode Release by Interrupt Request Generation  2 2    2  When high speed system clock  external clock input  is used as CPU clock     Omitted      3  When high speed on chip oscillator clock is used as CPU clock     Omitted      c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 40 of 50    RENESAS    Date  October    2013    Figure 23 5 STOP Mode Release by Interrupt Request Generation  2 2      2  When high speed system clock  external clock input  is used as CPU clock     Omitted     Note 1  For details of the standby release signal  see Figure 21 1 Basic Configuration of  Interrupt Function     Note 2  STOP mode release time  Supply of the clock is stopped     When FRQSELA   0  18   to 65 us    When FRQSEL4   1  18 ys to 135 us    Wait     When vectored i
167. nal reference voltage characteristic     TA    40 to  85       2 4 V  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V  HS  high speed main  mode     Parameter Conditions    Temperature sensor output voltage   VTMPs25   Setting ADS register   80H  TA    25   C       Internal reference voltage VBGR Setting ADS register   81H       Temperature coefficient Fvtmps   Temperature sensor that depends on the  temperature       Operation stabilization wait time tAMP                         34 6 3 D A converter characteristics             40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVsso       551  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   Parameter Conditions    Resolution       Overall error Rload   4      1 8 V  lt    00  lt  5 5 V  Rload   8      1  8   lt        lt 5 5    Settling time Cload   20 pF 2 7 V  lt        lt 5 5    1 6 V  lt  VoD  lt  2 7 V                                                           63    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             34 6 4 Comparator     TA    40 to  85       1 6 V  lt               EVpp1  lt  Vpp  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V     Parameter Conditions    Input voltage range EVppo   1 4       EVppo   0 3       Output delay Voo   3 0 V Comparator high speed mode  1 2  Input slew rate  gt  50 mV us standard mode       Comparator high speed mode  2 0  window mode       Comparator low speed mode  3 0 5 0  standard mode          High electric potential Comparator high speed mode  window mode 0 76         refe
168. nce voltage       AVREFM   0 V   Parameter Conditions    Resolution       Overall error Note 1 10 bit resolution 1 8 V  lt  AVREFP  lt  5 5 V  EVppo  lt                        Notes 3  4       1 6 V  lt                 lt  5 5 V Note 5                                                                   Conversion time 10 bit resolution 3 6 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V 39  Target ANI       ANI16 to ANI20 27V  lt       lt 5 5   39  1 8     lt          lt  5 5    39  1 6 V  lt          lt  5 5 V 95  Zero scale error Notes 1  2 10 bit resolution 1 8 V  lt                lt  5 5 V  0 35              lt  AVRerP   Vo    934       lt  AVReFP  lt  5 5 V Note 5  0 60  Full scale error Notes 1  2 10 bit resolution 1 8 V x              lt  5 5 V  0 35    Notes 3  4         Agen T NOD Or 1 6 V  lt                lt  5 5 V Note 5  0 60  Integral linearity error Note 1 10 bit resolution 1 8 V  lt          lt  5 5 V  3 5    Notes 3  4           AV REER VDD TaS 1 6 V  lt                lt  5 5 V Note 5  6 0  Differential linearity error Note 1 10 bit resolution 1 8 V  lt                lt  5 5 V  2 0    Notes 3  4         AV REER Mop des 1 6 V  lt                lt  5 5 V Note 5  25  Analog input voltage ANI16 to ANI20 AVREFP  and              Note 1  Excludes quantization error   1 2 LSB    Note 2  This value is indicated as a ratio     FSR  to the full scale value   Note 3  When             lt  AVREFP  lt  VDD  the MAX  values are as follows   Overall error  Add  1 0 LSB to the MAX  value when AVREF
169. ncluding the input leakage current flowing when the level of the input pin is  fixed to         EVppo or Vss  EVsso  The values below the MAX  column include the peripheral operation current   However  not including the current flowing into the A D converter  LVD circuit  I O port  and on chip pull up pull down  resistors and the current flowing during data flash rewrite   During HALT instruction execution by flash memory   When high speed on chip oscillator and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed system clock and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed on chip oscillator and high speed system clock are stopped  When RTCLPC   1 and setting ultra low  current consumption  AMPHS1   1   The current flowing into the RTC is included  However  not including the current  flowing into the 12 bit interval timer and watchdog timer   Not including the current flowing into the RTC  12 bit interval timer  and watchdog timer   Relationship between operation voltage width  operation frequency of CPU and operation mode is as below   HS  high speed main  mode  2 7 V x Vbpp  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 32 MHz   2 4 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 16 MHz  Regarding the value for current to operate the subsystem clock in STOP mode  refer to that in HALT mode     fux  High speed system clock frequency  X1 clock oscillation frequency or external main system clock frequency   fHoco  High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  64 MHz max     fiH  High speed on chip oscillator clock frequenc
170. ncy   fHoco  High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  64 MHz max     fiH  High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  32 MHz max     fsuB  Subsystem clock frequency  XT1 clock oscillation frequency    Except subsystem clock operation  temperature condition of the         value is TA   25           34   NC   SAS 11    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              1  Flash ROM  16 to 64 KB of 30  to 64 pin products   TA    40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVDDo0  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   0 V      2 2                                                                                                                                                                 Parameter Conditions  Supply current   1552 HALT mode      high speed main    fuoco   64 MHz  Voo   5 0 V 0 80 3 09 mA  Note 1 Note 2 mode Note 7 iH   32 MHz Note 4 Voo  30V 0 80 3 09  fuoco   32 MHz  Voo  5 0   0 54 2 40         32 MHz Note 4 Voo  3 0 V 0 54   240             48 MHz  Voo   5 0 V 0 62 2 40         24 MHz Note 4 Voo   3 0 V 0 62   2 40  Hoco   24 MHz  Voo   5 0    0 44 1 83         24 MHz Note 4          3 0 V 0 44   1 83  Hoco   16 MHz  Voo   5 0 V 0 40 1 38       16 MHz Note 4          3 0 V 040   1 38  LS  low speed main                8 MHz  Voo   3 0 V 260 710 uA  mode Note 7 iH   8 MHz Note 4 Voo   2 0 V 260   710  LV  low voltage main    fHoco   4 MHz  Voo   3 0 V 420 700 uA  mode Note 7 iH   4 MHz Note 4 Voo   2 0 V 420   700  HS  high speed main    f
171. nd EVss1  The values below the MAX  column include the  peripheral operation current  However  not including the current flowing into the A D converter  D A converter   comparator  LVD circuit  I O port  and on chip pull up pull down resistors and the current flowing during data flash rewrite   When high speed on chip oscillator and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed system clock and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed on chip oscillator and high speed system clock are stopped  When          1   1  Ultra low power  consumption oscillation   However  not including the current flowing into the 12 bit interval timer and watchdog timer   Relationship between operation voltage width  operation frequency of CPU and operation mode is as below   HS  high speed main  mode  2 7 V x Vbpp  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 32 MHz   2 4 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 16 MHz    fx  High speed system clock frequency  X1 clock oscillation frequency or external main system clock frequency   fHoco  High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  64 MHz max           High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  32 MHz max     fsuB    Subsystem clock frequency  XT1 clock oscillation frequency    Except subsystem clock operation  temperature condition of the         value is        25            34   NC   SAS 15    RL78 G14       CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS              40 to  105           2  Flash ROM  96 to 256 KB of 30  to 100 pin products     TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt 
172. nection                      24   N   SAS    10    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             Note 1     Note 2   Note 3   Note 4     Note 5     Remark 1   Remark 2   Remark 3   Remark 4   Remark 5     Total current flowing into        and EVppo  including the input leakage current flowing when the level of the input pin is  fixed to         EVppo or Vss  EVsso  The values below the MAX  column include the peripheral operation current   However  not including the current flowing into the A D converter  LVD circuit  I O port  and on chip pull up pull down  resistors and the current flowing during data flash rewrite   When high speed on chip oscillator and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed system clock and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed on chip oscillator and high speed system clock are stopped  When AMPHS1   1  Ultra low power  consumption oscillation   However  not including the current flowing into the RTC  12 bit interval timer  and watchdog  timer   Relationship between operation voltage width  operation frequency of CPU and operation mode is as below   HS  high speed main  mode  2 7 V x Vbpp  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 32 MHz   2 4 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 16 MHz  LS  low speed main  mode  1 8 V  lt  Vpp  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 8 MHz  LV  low voltage main  mode  1 6 V  lt        lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 4 MHz    fx  High speed system clock frequency  X1 clock oscillation frequency or external main system clock freque
173. nel number  n   0    9  PIM and POM numbers  g   1    Remark 3  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number   n  Channel number  mn   00         24   N   SAS 29    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              3  During communication at same potential  CSI mode   master mode  SCKp    internal clock output            40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVppo           1  lt  VoD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed LS  low speed main  LV  low voltage  main  mode mode main  mode    MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX        SCKp cycle time tkcy1  gt  4 fcik   2 7 V  lt  Evppo  lt  5 5 V 500 1000       2 4 V  lt  EVopo  lt  5 5 V 500 1000       1 8 V  lt  EVppo     5 5 V 500 1000       1 7 V     EVopo     5 5 V 1000 1000          1 6 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   1000 1000       SCKp high  low level 4 0 V     EVppo     5 5 V tkcv1 2   12 tkcy1 2   50        1 2   50  width       2 7 V     EVppo     5 5 V tkcv1 2   18 tkcy1 2   50 tkcv1 2   50       2 4 V     EVppo     5 5 V tkcv1 2   38 tkcy1 2   50 tkcy1 2   50       1 8 V     EVppo     5 5 V tkcv1 2   50 tkcy1 2   50        1 2   50       1 7 V     EVppo     5 5 V tkcy1 2   100 tkcy1 2   100 tkcy1 2   100       1 6 V  lt  EVppo     5 5 V     tkcy1 2   100 tkcv1 2   100       Slp setup time 4 0 V                lt  5 5 V 44 110 110   to SCKp1  Note 1       2 7 V     EVppo 
174. ng into the RTC  12 bit interval timer  and watchdog  timer   Relationship between operation voltage width  operation frequency of CPU and operation mode is as below   HS  high speed main  mode  2 7 V x Vbpp  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 32 MHz   2 4 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 16 MHz    fux  High speed system clock frequency  X1 clock oscillation frequency or external main system clock frequency   fuoco  High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  64 MHz max     fiH  High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  32 MHz max     fsuB  Subsystem clock frequency  XT1 clock oscillation frequency    Except subsystem clock operation  temperature condition of the         value is TA   25           34   NC   SAS 11    RL78 G14       CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS              40 to  105           1  Flash ROM  16 to 64 KB of 30  to 64 pin products     TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt  EVDDO0  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   0 V     Parameter    Supply current  Note 1    1002  Note 2    HALT mode    HS  high speed main   mode Note 7    Conditions    fuoco   64 MHz   iH   32 MHz Note 4    Voo   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fHoco   32 MHz          32 MHz Note 4    Voo   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V                  48 MHz   fiH   24 MHz Note 4    Voo   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       Hoco   24 MHz   fiH   24 MHz Note 4    Voo   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V                  16 MHz          16 MHz Note 4    Voo   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V     2 2        HS  high speed main   mode Note 7       MX 
175. ns    VPoc2  VPoc1  VPoco   0  0  0  falling reset voltage     lt        VLVDA1    LVIS1  LVISO   1  0    Rising release reset voltage       Falling interrupt voltage       VLVDA2    LVIS1  LVISO   0  1    Rising release reset voltage       Falling interrupt voltage       LVIS1  LVISO   0  0    Rising release reset voltage       Falling interrupt voltage       Vpoc1  VPoco   0  0  1  falling reset voltage       LVIS1  LVISO   1  0    Rising release reset voltage       Falling interrupt voltage       LVIS1  LVISO   0  1    Rising release reset voltage       Falling interrupt voltage          LVIS1  LVISO   0  0    Rising release reset voltage       Falling interrupt voltage       VPoc1  VPoco   0  1  0  falling reset voltage       LVIS1  LVISO   1  0    Rising release reset voltage       Falling interrupt voltage          LVIS1  LVISO   0  1    Rising release reset voltage       Falling interrupt voltage          LVIS1  LVISO   0  0    Rising release reset voltage       Falling interrupt voltage       VPoct  VPoco   0  1  1  falling reset voltage       LVIS1  LVISO   1  0    Rising release reset voltage       Falling interrupt voltage       LVIS1  LVISO   0  1    Rising release reset voltage       Falling interrupt voltage                LVIS1  LVISO   0  0       Rising release reset voltage          Falling interrupt voltage    34 6 7 Power supply voltage rising slope characteristics             40 to  85       Vss   0 V                  lt    lt    lt    lt    lt    lt   S  
176. nterrupt servicing is carried out  7 clocks    When vectored interrupt servicing is not carried out  1 clock     3  When high speed on chip oscillator clock is used as CPU clock   Omitted     Note 1  For details of the standby release signal  see Figure 21 1 Basic Configuration of  Interrupt Function     Note 2  STOP mode release time  Supply of the clock is stopped     When FRQSEL4   0  18 us to 65 us    When FRQSEL4   1  18 us to 135 us    Wait     When vectored interrupt servicing is carried out  7 clocks    When vectored interrupt servicing is not carried out  1 clock    Remark 1  The clock supply stop time varies depending on the temperature conditions and  STOP mode period    Remark 2  The broken lines indicate the case when the interrupt request that has released  the standby mode is acknowledged        RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October     b  Release by reset signal generation  b  Release by reset signal generation    When the reset signal is generated  STOP mode is released  and then  as in the case with a When the reset signal is generated  STOP mode is released  and then  as in the case with a  normal reset operation  the program is executed after branching to the reset vector address  normal reset operation  the program is executed after branching to the reset vector address     Figure 23 6 STOP Mode Release by Reset Figure 23 6 STOP Mode Release by Reset   1  When high speed system clock is used as CPU clock  1  When high speed system clock is
177. o  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   20 pF  Rb   1 4 KQ    HS  high speed main   mode    LS  low speed main   mode    LV  low voltage main     mode       MIN  MAX     MIN  MAX     MIN     MAX      2 2        2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   20 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ       SIp hold time   from             Note 2    4 0 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   27V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   20 pF  Rb   1 4 kO       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V          20 pF  Rb   2 7            Delay time from SCKpt  to SOp output Note 2    Note 1   Note 2     Caution    4 0 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   27V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   20 pF  Rb   1 4 kO             2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   20 pF  Rb   2 7               When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1   When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0                       Select the TTL input buffer for the Sip pin and the N ch open drain output  Voo tolerance  When 30  to 52 pin    products  EVpp tolerance  When 64  to 100 pin products   mode for the SOp pin and SCKp pin by using port  input mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg   For ViH and ViL  see the DC characteristics  with TTL input buffer selected     Remark 1  Rb Q   Communication line  SCKp  SOp  pull up resistance           Communication line  SCKp  SOp  load capacitance   Vb V   Communication line voltage  Remark 2  p  CSI number  p   00   m  Unit number  m 
178. o an external device  set    P130 to high level output by software     Remark For the reset timing of the power on reset circuit and voltage detector  see Chapter  25 POWER ON RESET CIRCUIT and Chapter 26 VOLTAGE DETECTOR     Page 44 of 50  7tENESAS     c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved     Date  October   2013    Figure 24 4 Timing of Reset in STOP mode by RESET Input  Wait for oscillation  accuracy stabilization    i  m     STOP instruction execution    High speed on chip  oscillator clock    High speed system clock   when X1 oscillation is selected     CPU status Normal operation            28    7 Starting X1 oscillation is specified by software          7   Reset                  Stop status       H    Normal operation      oscillation stop    ME        high speed on chip oscillator clock   RESET         Reset processing  0 0511 ms  TYP       ME 0 0701 ms  MAX      Internal reset signal    Port pin   except P130        Port pin   P130     Notes     1  When P130 is set to high level output before reset is effected  the output signal of P130  can be dummy output as a reset signal to an external device  because P130 outputs a low  level when reset is effected  To release a reset signal to an external device  set P130 to  high level output by software    2  Reset processing time when an external reset is released    The first reset processing time after POR is released    0 672 ms  TYP    0 832 ms  max    When LVD is used    0 399 ms  TYP    0 519
179. o the RTC  12 bit interval timer  and watchdog timer   Relationship between operation voltage width  operation frequency of CPU and operation mode is as below   HS  high speed main  mode  2 7 V  lt  Vbpp  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 32 MHz   2 4 V  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 16 MHz  LS  low speed main  mode  1 8 V  lt  Vpp  lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 8 MHz  LV  low voltage main  mode  1 6 V  lt        lt  5 5 V 1 MHz to 4 MHz  Regarding the value for current to operate the subsystem clock in STOP mode  refer to that in HALT mode     fux  High speed system clock frequency  X1 clock oscillation frequency or external main system clock frequency   fHoco  High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  64 MHz max     fiH  High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  32 MHz max     fsuB  Subsystem clock frequency  XT1 clock oscillation frequency    Except subsystem clock operation and STOP mode  temperature condition of the         value is TA   25            34   NC   SAS 17    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85           3  Peripheral Functions  Common to all products    TA    40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVppo   EVpp1  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V     Parameter    Low speed on chip  oscillator operating current    Iri  Note 1    Conditions          RTC operating current             Notes 1  2  3       12 bit interval timer  operating current         Notes 1  2  4       Watchdog timer operating  current    Iwpr Notes 1  2  5    fil   15 kHz
180. ode  see 23 3 3 SNOOZE mode    Note 11      Current flowing only to the D A converter  The supply current of the RL78 microcontrollers is the sum of          or Ipp2 and  IpAc when the D A converter operates in an operation mode or the HALT mode    Note 12  Current flowing only to the comparator circuit  The supply current of the RL78 microcontrollers is the sum of            002  or  1203 and         when the comparator circuit is in operation    Note 13     comparator and D A converter are provided in products with 96 KB or more code flash memory     Remark 1  fiL  Low speed on chip oscillator clock frequency   Remark 2  fsuB  Subsystem clock frequency  XT1 clock oscillation frequency   Remark 3            CPU peripheral hardware clock frequency   Remark 4  Temperature condition of the         value is TA   25            34   NC   SAS 19    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS              40 to  105             35 4      Characteristics     TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V   1 2   Conditions    Instruction cycle Main system   HS  high speed main    2 7 V  lt        lt  5 5 V 0 03125   minimum instruction clock  fuAiN    mode 24V  lt         27V       execution time  operation 0 0625       Subsystem clock  fsuB  operation 24V  Vppx  x5 5V 28 5  In the self HS  high speed main    2 7 V  lt        lt  5 5 V 0 03125    programming   mode 24V lt Vpp lt 2 7V  mode    External system clock 2 7 V  lt  VDD 
181. or clock  fiu  is specified either as 64 or 48 MHz   2  The transfer rate in SNOOZE mode is 4800 bps only  3  When the SWCm bit is 1  UARTq can be used only when the reception is started  in STOP mode  If UARTq is used with other SNOOZE function or interrupts  concurrently and the reception is started in state other than STOP mode as  described below  the UARTq cannot receive data correctly and may cause     framing error or parity error     When the UARTq reception is started from the moment the SWCm bit is set to 1  before the MCU enters STOP mode    When the UARTq reception is started in SNOOZE mode    When the UARTq reception is started from the moment the MCU exits STOP  mode and enters normal mode using interrupts before the SWCm bit is set to 0       RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October    2013    4  When the SSECm bit is 1  if a parity error  framing error  or overrun error occurs   flags PEFmn  FEFmn  or OVFmn is not set  nor an error interrupt  INTSREq  is  generated  To set the SSECm bit to 1  clear flags PEFmn  FEFmn  and OVFmn  before setting the SWCO bit to 1  and read bits 7 to 0  RxDq  in the SDRm1  register     Table 17 3 UART Reception Baud Rate Setting in SNOOZE Mode  High speed on chip UART reception baud rate in SNOOZE mode  oscillator         Baud rate  4800 bps  Operating clock SDRmn Maximum Minimum   fuck   15 9  acceptable value acceptable value    32 MHz   1 0  0 9  liu 105 2 2796  1 53    24 MHz   1 0  099 ficu  79 1 6096  2 18    1
182. ppo x AVrerp   Vpp Notes 3  4        2 0       Analog input voltage ANI16 to ANI20             Note 1  Excludes quantization error   1 2 LSB            AVREFP  and                   Note 2  This value is indicated as a ratio   FSR  to the full scale value   Note 3  When         0  lt  AVREFP  lt  VDD  the MAX  values are as follows   Overall error  Add  1 0 LSB to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD   Zero scale error Full scale error  Add  0 05 FSR to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD   Integral linearity error  Differential linearity error  Add  0 5 LSB to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD   Note 4  When              lt              lt  VDD  the MAX  values are as follows   Overall error  Add  4 0 LSB to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD   Zero scale error Full scale error  Add  0 20 FSR to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD     Integral linearity error  Differential linearity error  Add  2 0 LSB to the MAX  value when AVREFP   VDD           2tENESAS    50    RL78 G14       CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105           3  When reference voltage               ADREFP1   0  ADREFPO   0   reference voltage       Vss  ADREFM   0    target pin  ANIO to ANI14  ANI16 to      20  internal reference voltage  and temperature sensor output    voltage     TA    40 to  105   C  2 4 V  lt  EVppo   EVDD1  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V  Reference voltage       VDD     Reference voltage       Vss   Parameter    Resolution    Conditions       Overall error No
183. quare wave input       Resonator connection       fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4          70                      operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection          fsuB   32 768 kHz Note 4          85                         operation    Square wave input             Resonator connection                      24   N   SAS    14    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             Note 1     Note 2   Note 3   Note 4     Note 5     Remark 1   Remark 2   Remark 3   Remark 4   Remark 5     Total current flowing into         EVppo  and EVDp1  including the input leakage current flowing when the level of the input  pin is fixed to VDD  EVppo  and EVpp1  or Vss  EVsso  and EVss1  The values below the MAX  column include the  peripheral operation current  However  not including the current flowing into the A D converter  D A converter   comparator  LVD circuit  I O port  and on chip pull up pull down resistors and the current flowing during data flash rewrite   When high speed on chip oscillator and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed system clock and subsystem clock are stopped   When high speed on chip oscillator and high speed system clock are stopped  When          1   1  Ultra low power  consumption oscillation   However  not including the current flowing into the 12 bit interval timer and watchdog timer   Relationship between operation voltage width  operation frequency of CPU and operation mode is as below   HS  high speed 
184. quency 4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  1000 Note 1 300 Note 1 300 Note 1  2 7 V  lt  Vb     4 0 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7            2 7 V     EVppo    4 0 V  1000 Note 1 300 Note 1 300 Note 1  2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 kQ       4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  400 Note 1 300 Note 1 300 Note 1  2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 8 kQ       2 7 V     EVppo    4 0 V  400 Note 1 300 Note 1 300 Note 1  2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ            sat 300 Note 1 300 Note 1 300 Note 1  1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V Note 2   C     100 pF         5 5            Hold time when SCLr      L    4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7            2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7            4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V          100 pF  Rb   2 8 KQ       2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cp   100 pF  Rb   2 7            1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V x Vb  lt  2 0 V Note 2   C     100 pF  Rb   5 5            Hold time when SCLr            4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7            2 7 V  lt  EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ       4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb x 4 0 V          100 pF  Rb   2 8 KQ       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 7            1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V 
185. r   2013    34  Supply Voltage Rise Time    Old  New   Specifications in Supply Voltage Rise Time in page 1231 added Refer to page 66 in Technical Update Exhibit  Chapter 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS   A  D  TA    40 to   85  C         35  34 9 Data Memory STOP Mode Low Supply Voltage Data Retention  Characteristics  page 1231    New     Old           Refer to page 67 in Technical Update Exhibit  Chapter 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  Specifications in Data Memory STOP Mode Low Supply Voltage Data Retention  A  D  TA    40 to   85  C         Characteristics in page 1231 extended    36  Chapter 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105        Old  New   Specifications in Chapter 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS              40 to  105  C  fixed Refer to pages 1 to 58 in Technical Update Exhibit  Chapter 35 ELECTRICAL  SPECIFICATIONS              40 to  105                 c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 37 of 50    132   NE   SAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E    37  Incorrect descriptions of reset processing time standby mode  release time revised    Incorrect descriptions of reset processing time revised  page 1049   Incorrect   Figure 23 4 HALT Mode Release by Reset  1 2    Omitted    2  When high speed on chip oscillator clock is used as CPU clock   Omitted   Reset processing time when HALT mode or STOP mode is released    Reset pro ing time  387 to 720 us  When LVD is used  155 to 407 When LVD of    Figure 23 4 HALT Mode
186. r DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0   Use it with EVDDo  gt  Vb                       Select the TTL input buffer for the Sip pin and the N ch open drain output  Voo tolerance  When 30  to 52 pin    products  EVpp tolerance  When 64  to 100 pin products   mode for the SOp pin and SCKp pin by using port  input mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg   For ViH and ViL  see the DC characteristics  with TTL input buffer selected      Remarks are listed on the next page         24   N   SAS    46    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             Remark 1     Remark 2     Remark 3     Remark 4     CSI mode connection diagram  during communication at different potential      Master   Vb Vb    SCKp       RL78 microcontroller Slp SO Users device          SOp SI          Rb Q   Communication line  SCKp  SOp  pull up resistance           Communication line  SCKp  SOp  load capacitance   Vb V   Communication line voltage   p  CSI number  p   00  01  10  20  30  31   m  Unit number  m   0  1   n  Channel number  n   0 to 3     9  PIM and POM number  g   0  1  3 to 5  14    fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency    Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number    n  Channel number  mn   00       5101 of 48   52   64 pin products  and CSI11 and CSI21 cannot communicate at different potential  Use other CSI for  communication at different potential        34   NC   SAS 47    RL78 G14 CH
187. re        Reset period   oscillation stop     Normal operation           a  Normal operation H  high speed on chip oscillator clock     Execution of Illegal Instruction     Reset processing   41 to 69       Watchdog timer overflow    Port pin   except P130     Port pin   P130        Page 43 of 50  RENESAS     c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved     Date  October    2013    Correct     Figure 24 2 Timing of Resetby RESET Input    Wait for oscillation accuracy stabilization  High speed on chip  oscillator clock  J   Starting X1 oscillation is specified by software   High speed system clock   when X1 oscillation is selected     Normal operation   high speed on chip oscillator clock     Reset period           CPU status Normal operation        RESET pin  Reset processing time when an extemal reset is released      Internal reset signal       Port pin   except P130     Port pin m       ECC KE       P130  met  Release from the reset state is automatic in case of a reset due to a watchdog time overflow   execution of an illegal instruction  detection of a RAM parity error  or detection of illegal    memory access  After reset processing  program execution starts with the high speed on chip  oscillator clock as the operating clock     Figure 24 3 Timing of Reset Due to Watchdog Timer Overflow  Execution of Illegal Instruction   Detection of RAM Parity Error  or Detection of Illegal Memory Access    Wait for oscillation accuracy stabilization  PEN  High speed
188. rence voltage       Low electric potential Comparator high speed mode  window mode 0 24         reference voltage       Operation stabilization  wait time       Internal reference voltage 2 4 V  lt  VoD  lt  5 5 V  HS  high speed main  mode  Note                         Note Not usable in LS  low speed main  mode  LV  low voltage main  mode  sub clock operation  or STOP mode     34 6 5 POR circuit characteristics     TA    40 to  85       Vss   0 V   Parameter Conditions    Detection voltage Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time Note 1                      Minimum pulse width Note 2       Note 1  However  when the operating voltage falls while the LVD is off  enter STOP mode  or enable the reset status using the  external reset pin before the voltage falls below the operating voltage range shown in 34 4 AC Characteristics        Note 2  Minimum time required for a POR reset when        exceeds below VPpR  This is also the minimum time required for     POR reset from when Vpp exceeds below 0 7 V to when Vpp exceeds VPoR while STOP mode is entered or the         system clock is stopped through setting bit O  HIOSTOP  and bit 7  MSTOP  in the clock operation status control register   CSC      TPw       Supply voltage  VDD     VPOR    1                        VPDR      0 7 V                  9       24   N   SAS 64    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             34 6 6 LVD circuit characteristics     1  LVD Detection Voltage of Re
189. rial transfer timing  slave mode   during communication at different potential    When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1      tKCY2       tKL2 tKH2          SCKp       tsik2 gil tksi2              Slp Input data                   SOp Output data       CSI mode serial transfer timing  slave mode   during communication at different potential    When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0                                               tKcv2    a tKH2 res tKL2  SCKp  tsik2 RN tKsi2    Sip Input data     tKso2  SOp Output data       Remark 1  p  CSI number  p   00  01  10  20  30  31   m  Unit number  m   0  1   n  Channel number  n   0 to 3      9  PIM and POM number  g   0  1  3 to 5  14   Remark 2  CSIO1 of 48   52   64 pin products  and CSI11 and CSI21 cannot communicate at different potential  Use other CSI for    communication at different potential   Also  communication at different potential cannot be performed during clock synchronous serial communication with the    slave select function        24   N   SAS 51    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              10  Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   simplified I2C mode    TA    40 to  85       1 8 V  lt               EVDD1  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   1 2     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main    LS  low speed main    LV  low voltage main   mode mode mode       MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX  MIN  MAX     SCLr clock fre
190. rmal input buffer and the N ch open drain output  Voo tolerance  When 30  to 52 pin products  EVpp    tolerance  When 64  to 100 pin products   mode for the SDAr pin and the normal output mode for the SCLr pin by    using port input mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register h  POMh       Remarks are listed on the next page         2tENESAS    36                                              RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85        Simplified 12C mode connection diagram  during communication at same potential   VDD    Rb  SDAr SDA  RL78 microcontroller User s device  SCLr  Simplified I2C mode serial transfer timing  during communication at same potential   1 fscL  tLow tHIGH  SCLr  SDAr  tHD  DAT  50  DAT  Remark 1  Rb Q   Communication line  SDAr  pull up resistance  Ce F   Communication line  SDAr  SCLr  load capacitance  Remark 2  r  IIC number       00  01  10  11  20  21  30  31   g  PIM number  g   0  1  3 to 5  14    h  POM number  h   0  1  3 to 5  7  14   Remark 3  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency     Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number  m   0  1    n  Channel number  n   0 to 3   mn   00 to 03  10 to 13        24   N   SAS 37    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              6 Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   UART mode    TA    40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVDD0   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V
191. s    specified by software       High speed system NE H  clock  fmx  EE      li                                    Normal operation   high speed on chip  oscillator clock  Note 3       Starting       oscillation is  specifi ied by software         Normal operation   i  high speed on chip     oscillator clock  Note              Reset      period       oscillation stops            4  Operation stops         CPU Operation stops    Internal reset signal    K Note 4    Reset processing time when an external reset is released    N  Voltage stabilization wait time  0 99 ms  TYP    2 30 ms  max              i          processing time when an external reset is released    Voltage stabilization wait time  0 99 ms  TYP    2 30 ms  max            E          Note 4  Before the MCU starts normal operation  it waits until the voltage becomes stable   voltage stabilization wait time after the voltage reaches VPOR  1 51 V  TYP    and    also requires the following  reset processing time when an external reset is released     after the RESET signal is set to 1  high level    Reset processing time when an external reset is released   0 672 ms  TYP    0 832 ms  max    When LVD is used   0 399 ms  TYP    0 519 ms  max    When LVD is off   Note 5  The second and subsequent reset processing time after POR is released   0 531 ms  TYP    0 675 ms  max    When LVD is used   0 259 ms  TYP    0 362 ms  max    When LVD is off    Go on to the next page       4       RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E
192. s value is the theoretical value of the relative difference between the transmission and reception sides    Note 6  This value as an example is calculated when the conditions described in the  Conditions  column are met   Refer to Note 5 above to calculate the maximum transfer rate under conditions of the customer     Caution Select the TTL input buffer for the RxDq pin and the N ch open drain output         tolerance  When 30  to 52 pin  products  EVpp tolerance  When 64  to 100 pin products   mode for the TxDq      by using port input mode  register     PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg   For      and ViL  see the DC characteristics with TTL  input buffer selected      Remarks are listed on the next page         34   NC   SAS 35    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105             UART mode connection diagram  during communication at different potential        TxDq    RL78 microcontroller User s device       RxDq       UART mode bit width  during communication at different potential   reference     1 Transfer rate  Low bit width  High bit width  Baud rate error tolerance                      TxDq          1 Transfer rate       High  Low bit width       Baud rate error tolerance    RxDq             Remark 1  Rb Q   Communication line  TxDq  pull up resistance            Communication line  TxDq  load capacitance  Vb V   Communication line voltage  Remark 2  q  UART number  q   0 to 3   g  PIM and POM number  g   0  1  5  14   Remark 3 
193. set Mode and Interrupt Mode   TA    40 to  85   C  VPDR  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   0 V     Parameter Conditions     lt     Detection Supply voltage level   Vivbo Power supply rise time       voltage Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       VLVD10 Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       VLVD11 Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       VLVD12 Power supply rise time       Power supply fall time       VLVD13 Power supply rise time        lt  lt   lt  lt  lt   lt  lt  lt   lt  lt   lt  lt  lt   lt  lt  lt   lt   lt  lt  lt   lt  lt  lt  lt   lt   lt  lt     Power supply fall time          Minimum pulse width       Detection delay time                            24   N   SAS 65    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              2  LVD Detection Voltage of Interrupt  amp  Reset Mode     TA    40 to  85       VPDR  lt          lt  5 5 V  Vss   0 V     Parameter    Interrupt and  reset mode    VLVDAO    Conditio
194. t  5 5 V  1 6 V  lt  EVDD0  lt  1 8 V  Interrupt input high level   INTPO 1 6V lt Vpp lt 5 5V   width  low level width INTP1 to INTP11 1 6 V                lt  5 5 V  Key interrupt input low level KRO to KR7 1 8 V  lt  EVppo     5 5 V  width 1 6 V    EVppo    1 8 V                                         RESET low level width                            24   N   SAS 21    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             Minimum Instruction Execution Time during Main System Clock Operation    Tcv vs         HS  high speed main  mode                                    When the high speed on chip oscillator clock is selected                         During self programming                   When high speed system clock is selected       Cycle time Tcv  us                                      Supply voltage Vpp  V        34   NC   SAS 22    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             Cycle time Tcv  us     Cycle time Tcv  us     Tcv vs VoD  LS  low speed main  mode                                                                       Supply voltage Vpop  V     Tcv vs Vpb  LV  low voltage main  mode   10                                  0 25       0 1                                        0 01    0 10 i20 30 40 50   60  1 61 8 5 5  Supply voltage Vpp  V            When the high speed on chip oscillator clock is selected              During self programming             When high speed system clock is selected   
195. t  5 5 V 62 5 250 500  2 7 V  lt  EVbppo  lt  5 5 V 83 3 250 500             SCKp high  low level 4 0 V  lt               lt  5 5 V tkcv1 2   7 tkcy1 2   50 tkcy1 2   50  width       2 7 V  lt  EVbppo  lt  5 5 V tkcy1 2   10 tkcv1 2   50 tkcv1 2   50       81   setup time  to SCKp1  4 0 V  lt              lt  5 5 V 23 110 110  Ned 2 7 V  lt              lt  5 5 V 33 110 410          SIp hold time  from 2 7 V  lt  EVopo  lt  5 5 V 10 10 10  SCKp1  Note 2       Delay time from SCKp  to C   20 pF Note 4  SOp output Note 3                                  Note 1  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The Slp setup time becomes  to SCKp   when  DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Note 2  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The Slp hold time becomes  from SCKp     when  DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Note 3  When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1  The delay time to SOp output becomes  from  SCKp1  when DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Note 4  C is the load capacitance of the SCKp and SOp output lines     Caution Select the normal input buffer for the      pin and the normal output mode for the SOp pin and SCKp pin by using  port input mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg      Remark 1  This value is valid only when CSIOO s peripheral      redirect function is not used    Remark 2  p  CSI number  p   00   m  Unit number  m   0   n  Chan
196. t  EVppo  lt  2 7 V  MAX  1 3 Mbps  The maximum operating frequencies of the CPU peripheral hardware clock  fcLk  are   HS  high speed main  mode  32 MHz  2 7 V  lt          lt  5 5 V    16 MHz  2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V     Select the TTL input buffer for the RxDq pin and the N ch open drain output  Voo tolerance  When 30  to 52 pin  products  EVpp tolerance  When 64  to 100 pin products   mode for the TxDq      by using port input mode  register     PIMg  and port output mode register     POMg   For      and ViL  see the DC characteristics with TTL  input buffer selected     Vb  V   Communication line voltage       UART number  4   0 to 3   9  PIM and POM number       0  1  5  14    fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency    Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn   m  Unit number    n  Channel number  mn   00 to 03  10 to 13    UART2 cannot communicate at different potential when bit 1  PIORO1  of peripheral I O redirection register 0  PIORO  is  1        24   N   SAS 33    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              5 Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   UART mode    TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   2 2     Parameter Conditions HS  high speed main  mode       MIN  MAX     Transfer rate transmission   4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7    lt       lt  4 0          Theoretical value of the maximum transf
197. t becomes  from  SCKp1  when DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0    Caution Select the TTL input buffer for the Sip pin and SCKp pin  and the N ch open drain output         tolerance  When  30  to 52 pin products  EVpp tolerance  when 64  to 100      products   mode for the SOp pin by using port input  mode register     PIMg  and port output mode register     POMg   For Vin and ViL  see the DC characteristics with  TTL input buffer selected    CSI mode connection diagram  during communication at different potential     Slave   Vb  SCKp  RL78 microcontroller Slp SO Users device  SOp SI   Remark 1  Rb Q   Communication line  SOp  pull up resistance  Ce F   Communication line  SOp  load capacitance   Vb V   Communication line voltage   Remark 2  p  CSI number  p   00  01  10  20  30  31   m  Unit number  m   0  1   n  Channel number  n   0 to 3    9  PIM and POM number  g 7 0  1  3 to 5  14    Remark 3  fuck  Serial array unit operation clock frequency   Operation clock to be set by the CKSmn bit of serial mode register mn  SMRmn     m  Unit number  n  Channel number  mn   00  01  02  10  12  13    Remark 4  CSIO1 of 48   52   64 pin products  and CSI11 and CSI21 cannot communicate at different potential  Use other CSI for    communication at different potential   Also  communication at different potential cannot be performed during clock synchronous serial communication with the  slave select function        24   N   SAS 43    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPEC
198. tage main     mode       MIN  MAX     MIN  MAX     MIN     MAX      2 3        2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7            1 8 V  lt              lt  3 3 V   1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V Note 2   C     30 pF  Rb   5 5            SIp hold time   from SCKp1  Note 1    4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb x 4 0 V   Cb        pF  Rb   1 4            2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7            1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V Note 2   Cb   30 pF  Rb   5 5            Delay time from SCKp   to SOp output Note 1    Note 1   Note 2     Caution    4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb  lt  4 0 V          30 pF         1 4 KQ       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   30 pF  Rb   2 7                  1 8 V  lt              lt  3 3 V   1 6 V  lt       lt  2 0 V Note 2   C     30 pF  Rb   5 5               When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1   Use it with EVDDo  gt  Vb                       Select the TTL input buffer for the Sip pin and the N ch open drain output  Voo tolerance  When 30  to 52 pin    products  EVpp tolerance  When 64  to 100 pin products   mode for the SOp pin and SCKp pin by using port  input mode register g  PIMg  and port output mode register g  POMg   For ViH and ViL  see the DC characteristics  with TTL input buffer selected      Remarks are listed on the page after the next page         24   N   SAS    4
199. te 1    10 bit resolution    2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       Conversion time    10 bit resolution  Target pin  ANIO to ANI14  ANI16 to ANI20    3 6 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       2 7 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       10 bit resolution   Target pin  internal reference voltage  and  temperature sensor output voltage    HS  high speed main  mode     3 6 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       2 7 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       Zero scale error Notes 1  2    10 bit resolution    2 4 V  lt          lt  5 5 V       Full scale error Notes 1  2    10 bit resolution    2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       Integral linearity error Note 1    10 bit resolution    2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       Differential linearity error  Note 1    10 bit resolution       2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V       Analog input voltage       Note 1   Note 2   Note 3     ANIO to ANI14    VDD       ANI16 to ANI20                           Internal reference voltage     2 4 V  lt          lt  5 5 V  HS  high speed main  mode              Note 3          Temperature sensor output voltage     2 4 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V  HS  high speed main  mode     Excludes quantization error   1 2 LSB    This value is indicated as a ratio    FSR  to the full scale value   Refer to 35 6 2 Temperature sensor characteristics internal reference voltage characteristic        VrMPs25 Note 3             24   N   SAS    51    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS              40 to  105           
200. the product must be used under conditions that ensure that the absolute maximum  ratings are not exceeded     Remark Unless specified otherwise  the characteristics of alternate function pins are the same as those of the port pins        2tENESAS 3    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             34 2  Oscillator Characteristics    34 2 1 X1  XT1 characteristics             40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V  Vss   0 V     Resonator Resonator Conditions    X1 clock oscillation frequency  fx  Note Ceramic resonator  2 7 V  lt  VoD  lt  5 5     crystal resonator       2 4 V  lt VDD lt 2 7 V       1 8 V  lt  VoD  lt  2 4 V       1 6 V  lt  Vpp  lt  1 8 V                         XT1 clock oscillation frequency          Note   Crystal resonator       Note Indicates only permissible oscillator frequency ranges  Refer to AC Characteristics for instruction execution time   Request evaluation by the manufacturer of the oscillator circuit mounted on a board to check the oscillator  characteristics     Caution Since the CPU is started by the high speed on chip oscillator clock after a reset release  check the X1 clock  oscillation stabilization time using the oscillation stabilization time counter status register  OSTC  by the user   Determine the oscillation stabilization time of the OSTC register and the oscillation stabilization time select  register  OSTS  after sufficiently evaluating the oscillation stabilization time with the resonator to
201. timer mode register mn  TMRmn   m  Unit number  m   0  1   n  Channel  number  n   0 to 3         24   N   SAS 20    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              TA    40 to  85   C  1 6 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V   2 2   Conditions    Timer RD input high level tTDIH  TRDIOAO  TRDIOA1  TRDIOBO  TRDIOB1   width  low level width tTDIL TRDIOCO  TRDIOC1  TRDIODO  TRDIOD1    Timer RD forced cutoff signal   trbsiL P130 INTPO 2MHz  lt            lt  32 MHz 1          input low level width       lt  2 MHz 1 fcLK   1          Timer RG input high level   TRGIOA  TRGIOB 2 5 fCLK  width  low level width  TOOO to TOO3  HS  high speed main  mode   4 0 V  lt  EVppo  lt  5 5 V  TO10 to T013  2 7 V  lt              lt  4 0 V  TRJIOO  TRJOO   TRDIOAO  TRDIOAM   TRDIOBO  TRDIOB1  1 6 V x EVopo    1 8 V  TRDIOCO  TRDIOC1  LS  low speed main  mode 1 8 V  lt  EVppo     5 5 V  TRDIODO  TRDIOD1  1 6 V  lt  EVppo  lt  1 8 V  TRGIOA  TRGIOB  output frequency    PCLBUZO  PCLBUZ1 output HS  high speed main  mode  4 0 V x EVppo  lt  5 5 V  frequency 2 7 V  lt  EVbpo  lt  4 0 V             1 8 V  lt  EVbpo 2 7 V                LV  low voltage         mode   1 6 V  lt          0  lt  5 5 V    N                      1 8 V  lt              lt  2 7 V  1 6 V  lt              lt  1 8 V  LS  low speed main  mode 1 8 V  lt  EVDD0  lt  5 5 V  1 6 V  lt  EVDD0  lt  1 8 V                LV  low voltage main  mode   1 8 V  lt  EVppo  l
202. tion  the converted values of other channels may also be  affected     When internal reference voltage  1 45 V  is selected reference voltage source for the   side of the A D converter  do not    input internal reference voltage or higher voltage to a pin selected by the ADS register  However  it is no problem that a    pin not selected by the ADS register is inputed voltage greater than the internal reference voltage     Caution The internal reference voltage  1 45 V  can be selected only in HS  high speed main  mode         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 25 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October   2013    14  Cautions when using SNOOZE mode in the serial array unit added    Explanations of SNOOZE mode related to CSI added  pages 786  788     Incorrect    Omitted     Caution  Before switching to the SNOOZE mode or after reception operation in the SNOOZE mode finishes  be sure to  set the STm0 bit to 1 and clear the SEm0 bit  to stop the operation      Correct    Omitted   Caution Before transiting to SNOOZE mode and after the receive operation is completed in SNOOZE mode  set the STm0 bit  to 1  clear the SEm0 bit to 0  and stop the operation      And after the receive operation is completed  also clear the SWCm bit to 0  SNOOZE mode release      Explanations of SNOOZE mode related to the UART added  pages 847  848  850  Incorrect    Omitted   Caution  Before switching to the SNOOZE mode or after receptio
203. upply voltage rising slope characteristics     TA    40 to  105       Vss   0 V                    Ponerse nso e                        Caution          sure to keep the internal reset state by the LVD circuit or an external reset until        reaches the operating  voltage range shown in 35 4 AC Characteristics                 NESAS    56    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS              40 to  105             35 7 Data Memory STOP Mode Low Supply Voltage Data Retention Characteristics     TA    40 to  105       Vss   0V        Parameter     Symbol       Conditions     Unt            M retention suppl  pply VDDDR 1 44 Note  voltage    Note The value depends on the POR detection voltage  When the voltage drops  the data is retained before a POR reset is  effected  but data is not retained when a POR reset is effected                STOP mode a Operation mode       Data retention mode                      VDD          STOP instruction execution    Standby release signal   interrupt request                    35 8 Flash Memory Programming Characteristics     Ta    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt  VoD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   0 V                                            Parameter Conditions  System clock frequency 2 4 V  lt  VoD  lt  5 5 V  Number of code flash rewrites Retained for 20 years        85       Notes 1  2  3  Number of data flash rewrites Retained for 1 year        25     1 000 000  Notes 23 Retained for 5 years TA  85     100 000  Retained for 20 years        85 
204. upt Mask Flag   Register     Priority Specification    Flag  Register        Timer RG TRGSR    TRGIER    TRGIF  IF2H     TRGMK  MK2H     TRGPRO  PRO2H     TRGPR1  PR12H                             Figure 9 31 Timer RG Interrupt Block Diagram    IMFA bit         Timer RG interrupt    IMIEA bit  request    IMFB bit  IMIEB bit    UDF bit  UDIE bit    OVF bit       OVIE bit    IMFA  IMFB  UDF  OVF  Bits in the TRGSR register    IMIEA  IMIEB  UDIE  OVIE  Bits in the TRGIER register    Since the interrupt source  timer RG interrupt  is generated by a combination of multiple interrupt request sources for timer RG    the following differences from other maskable interrupts excluding the timer RD interrupt apply    e When a bit in the TRGSR register is 1 and the corresponding bit in the TRGIER register is 1  interrupt enabled   the TRGIF bit  in the IF2H register is set to 1  interrupt requested         f multiple bits in the TRGIER register are set to 1  use the TRGSR register to determine the source of the interrupt request    e Since the bits in the TRGSR register are not automatically set to 0 even if the interrupt is acknowledged  set the corresponding  bit to 0 in the interrupt routine    e While multiple bits in the TRGIER register are set to 1  if the first request source is met and the TRGIF bit is set to 1  and then  the next request source is met  the TRGIF bit is cleared to 0 when the interrupt is acknowledged   However  if the previously met request source is cleared  the
205. value for current to operate the subsystem clock in STOP mode  refer to that in HALT mode     fux  High speed system clock frequency  X1 clock oscillation frequency or external main system clock frequency   fHoco  High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  64 MHz max     fiH  High speed on chip oscillator clock frequency  32 MHz max     fsuB  Subsystem clock frequency  XT1 clock oscillation frequency    Except subsystem clock operation and STOP mode  temperature condition of the         value is TA   25            34   NC   SAS 13    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85              2  Flash ROM  96 to 256 KB of 30  to 100 pin products   TA    40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVDD0   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso       551   0 V     Parameter          Operating  mode    HS  high speed main   mode Note 5    Conditions    fuoco   64 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Basic  operation    Voo   5 0 V                3 0 V       fuoco   32 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Basic  operation    Voo   5 0 V                3 0 V       HS  high speed main   mode Note 5    fuoco   64 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation             5 0 V                3 0 V       fuoco   32 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation             5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fuoco   48 MHz          24 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Voo   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fuoco   24 MHz   fiH   24 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Voo   5 0 V       Voo   3
206. ve Transmission of slave select input function  CSIOO      SCKOO       5100  RL78 microcontroller User s device   000               100       Remark 1  p  CSI number       00  01  10  11  20  21  30  31   Remark 2  m  Unit number  n  Channel number  mn   00 to 03  10 to 13        234   N   SAS 33    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             CSI mode serial transfer timing  during communication at same potential    When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   0  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   1      tKCY1  2    tKL1  2 tKH1  2        SCKp       tSIK1  2 tksi1  2                   51   Input data  lt   tKSO1  2  SOp Output data  tssik tkssi  SSI00      100 only     CSI mode serial transfer timing  during communication at same potential    When DAPmn   0 and CKPmn   1  or DAPmn   1 and CKPmn   0      tKCY1  2       SCKp    51      SOp    tkssi    55100     5100 only           5       is    Remark 1  p  CSI number  p   00  01  10  11  20  21  30  31   Remark 2  m  Unit number  n  Channel number  mn   00 to 03  10 to 13        24   N   SAS 34    RL78 G14       CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85           5  During communication at same potential  simplified 12C mode              40 to  85       1 6 V  lt  EVDD0   EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso       551   0 V     Parameter    SCLr clock frequency    Conditions    2 7 V     EVppo  lt  5 5 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7 kO    HS  high speed main   mode    LS  low speed main   mode    LV  low
207. writing results are as follows     If the read value is 1  writing 0 to the bit sets it to 0   e  f the read value is 0  the bit remains unchanged even if 0 is written to it   Even if the bit is changed from 0 to 1  after reading and then 0 is written to it  it remains 1      e Writing 1 has no effect         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 6 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October    2013    Correct     Notes 1  The value after reset is undefined when FRQSELA   1 in the user option byte  000C2H 010C2H  and TRDOEN   0 in    the PER1 register  If it is necessary to read the initial value  set fcuk to      and TRDOEN   1 before reading    Omitted   4  The writing results are as follows    e Writing 1 has no effect    e  f the read value is 0  the bit remains unchanged even if 0 is written to it   Even if the bit is changed from 0 to 1  after reading and then 0 is written to it  it remains 1     e If the read value is 1  writing O to the bit sets it to 0  When status flags of interrupt sources  applicable status flags   of timer RD are set to 0 and their interrupts are disabled in timer RD interrupt enable    register i  TRDIERI   use either one of the following methods  a  to  c       a  Set OOH  all interrupts disabled  to timer RD interrupt enable register i  TRDIERI  and write 0 to applicable    status flags     When there are bits set to 1  interrupt enabled  in timer RD interrupt enable register     TRDIE
208. x       lt  lt   lt  lt  lt   lt  lt  lt   lt   lt  lt  lt   lt   lt  lt  lt                                            Caution Make sure to keep the internal reset state by the LVD circuit or an external reset until        reaches the operating  voltage range shown in 34 4 AC Characteristics        24   N   SAS    66    RL78 G14 CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85             34 7 Data Memory STOP Mode Low Supply Voltage Data Retention Characteristics             40 to  85       Vss   OV        Parameter         Symbol                  Unt            retention suppl  pply VDDDR 1 46 Note  voltage    Note The value depends on the POR detection voltage  When the voltage drops  the data is retained before a POR reset is  effected  but data is not retained when a POR reset is effected                STOP mode a Operation mode       Data retention mode                      VDD          STOP instruction execution    Standby release signal   interrupt request               34 8 Flash Memory Programming Characteristics     Ta    40 to  85       1 8 V  lt  Voo  lt  5 5 V  Vss   0 V                                            Parameter Conditions  System clock frequency 1 8 V  lt  VoD  lt  5 5 V  Number of code flash rewrites Retained for 20 years        85       Notes 1  2  3  Number of data flash rewrites Retained for 1 year        25     1 000 000  Notes 23 Retained for 5 years TA  85     100 000  Retained for 20 years        85      10 000  Note 1  1 erase  
209. x Vb  lt  2 0 V Note 2   C     100 pF         5 5                                          24   N   SAS 52    RL78 G14       CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  A  D  TA    40 to  85           10  Communication at different potential  1 8 V  2 5 V  3 V   simplified I2C mode    TA    40 to  85       1 8 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVss1   0 V     Parameter    Data setup time   reception     tsu DAT    Conditions    4 0 V x EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb x 4 0 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7         HS  high speed          mode    LS  low speed main   mode    LV  low voltage main   mode       MIN     1           135 Note 3    MAX     MIN     1           190 Note 3    MAX     MIN                190 Note 3    MAX      2 2        2 7 V     EVDppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   50 pF  Rb   2 7         fuck   135 Note 3    1           190 Note 3    fMck   190 Note 3       4 0 V x EVppo  lt  5 5 V   2 7 V  lt  Vb x 4 0 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 8 KQ       fuck   190 Note 3    1           190 Note 3       fuck   190 Note 3       2 7 V     EVppo  lt  4 0 V   2 3 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 7 V   Cb   100 pF  Rb   2 7 KQ    1           190 Note 3    1           190 Note 3    1           190 Note 3       1 8 V  lt  EVppo  lt  3 3 V   1 6 V  lt  Vb  lt  2 0 V Note 2   Co   100 pF  Rb   5 5         1 fuck   190 Note 3    1           190 Note 3    1           190 Note 3       Data hold time   transmission     Note 1   Note 2   Note 3     Caution       tHD DAT 
210. xt generated request source    e When status flags of interrupt sources  applicable status flags  of the timer RD are set to 0 and their interrupts are disabled  in timer RD interrupt enable register i  TRDIERI   use either one of the following methods      to  c          Set 00H  all interrupts disabled  to timer RD interrupt enable register i  TRDIERI  and write 0 to applicable status flags    b  When there are bits set to 1  enabled  in timer RD interrupt enable register i  TRDIERI  and status flags of interrupt    sources related to their bits are 0  write    to applicable status flags     Example  To clear the IMFB bit to 0 when bits IMIEA and OVIE are set to 1  interrupt enabled  and the IMIEB bit is set  to 0  interrupt disabled    Timer RD Interrupt Enable Register i  TRDIERI     Interrupt enabled  TRDIERi a        EB MEA    Interrupt disabled    Timer RD Status Register i  TRDSRi   Bit to be cleared to 0        UDF OVF IMFD IMFB IMFA    As status flags  OVF  IMFA  corresponding to the bit which                                              is set to 1  interrupt enabled  are 0  write 0 to the IMFB bit      Go on to the next page         c  2013  Renesas Electronics Corporation  All rights reserved  Page 9 of 50  stENESAS    RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE TN RL  A004C E Date  October    2013     c  When there are bits set to 1  interrupt enabled  in timer RD interrupt enable register i  TRDIERI  and status flags of    interrupt sources related to their bits are 1  write O to
211. y  32 MHz max     fsuB  Subsystem clock frequency  XT1 clock oscillation frequency    Except subsystem clock operation and STOP mode  temperature condition of the         value is TA   25            34   NC   SAS 13    RL78 G14    CHAPTER 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS      TA    40 to  105              2  Flash ROM  96 to 256 KB of 30  to 100 pin products   TA    40 to  105       2 4 V  lt               EVDD1  lt  VDD  lt  5 5 V  Vss   EVsso   EVssi   0 V     Parameter          Operating  mode    HS  high speed main   mode Note 5    Conditions    fuoco   64 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Basic  operation    Voo   5 0 V                3 0 V       fuoco   32 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Basic  operation    Voo   5 0 V                3 0 V       HS  high speed main   mode Note 5    fuoco   64 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation             5 0                   3 0 V       fuoco   32 MHz          32 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation             5 0 V                3 0 V       fuoco   48 MHz          24 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Voo   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fuoco   24 MHz   fiH   24 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Voo   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       fuoco   16 MHz          16 MHz Note 3    Normal  operation    Voo   5 0 V       Voo   3 0 V       HS  high speed main   mode Note 5    fux   20 MHz Note 2   Voo   5 0 V    Normal  operation    Square wave input       Resonator connection       fmx   20 MHz Note 2   Voo   3 0 V    Normal  operation    Squar
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
Voir la fiche - Zep Industries  Sunbeam 001905-715-000 Cold Pack with Velcro Closure Instruction Manual  Brochure 2013-2014 Master LLCE Etudes romanes  Betriebsanleitung TNC 145 C  SW Councils Framework User Guide v5  Butterfly Embroidery Machine B1201B/T Single Head 12 Needle    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file